WO2022007848A1 - Call method, apparatus, and system - Google Patents

Call method, apparatus, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022007848A1
WO2022007848A1 PCT/CN2021/105006 CN2021105006W WO2022007848A1 WO 2022007848 A1 WO2022007848 A1 WO 2022007848A1 CN 2021105006 W CN2021105006 W CN 2021105006W WO 2022007848 A1 WO2022007848 A1 WO 2022007848A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
incoming call
bluetooth device
bluetooth
mobile phone
smart watch
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/105006
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王书峰
陈风
王金成
宗海涛
刘雯
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022007848A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022007848A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/16Communication-related supplementary services, e.g. call-transfer or call-hold
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/14Direct-mode setup

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a calling method, device and system.
  • Bluetooth devices such as smart watches, smart glasses, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • embedded SIM card embedded-SIM, eSIM
  • the message notification from the mobile phone such as receiving the incoming call notification message of the mobile phone (the message indicates the incoming call from the SIM or eSIM of the mobile phone)
  • the user can answer the incoming call from the SIM or eSIM of the Bluetooth device on the Bluetooth device, and can also answer the SIM or eSIM of the mobile phone.
  • Incoming calls from eSIM Incoming calls from eSIM.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a calling method, apparatus and system, so as to improve the user experience when using a Bluetooth device to make a call.
  • a call system in a first aspect, includes a first Bluetooth device and a second Bluetooth device.
  • the first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device support the Bluetooth hands-free profile (HFP) protocol.
  • HFP Bluetooth hands-free profile
  • the first Bluetooth device is an audio gateway (AG) device
  • the second Bluetooth device is a hands-free (HF) device
  • the first Bluetooth device carries
  • the second Bluetooth device is used to receive the first incoming call to the second number, and responds to the first Incoming call, generate a first incoming call notification message, and send the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device based on the first protocol
  • the first Bluetooth device is configured to receive the first incoming call notification message, and in response to the first incoming call notification message, execute the The first incoming call reminder of the first incoming call, in response to the first operation, send
  • the functions of the HF device such as incoming calls and answers can be transferred to the AG device, so that the MIC of the AG device can be used to collect sound and Use the SPK of the AG device to play the sound, thereby improving the user's experience of answering calls from the HF device at the same hardware cost.
  • the first protocol is serial port profile (SPP) of traditional Bluetooth technology or Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) of Bluetooth low energy (bluetooth low energy, BLE).
  • SPP serial port profile
  • GATT Generic Attribute Profile
  • the AG device can be notified of the incoming call of the HF device, so that the user can learn the incoming call of the HF device from the AG, which can improve the user experience.
  • the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of the incoming call number, the incoming call name, number attribution information or operator information.
  • the first incoming call reminder includes one or more of displaying the first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting the prompt light.
  • the first caller interface includes caller information and function icons.
  • the caller information may include caller number, caller name, number location information, operator information, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the function icons may include icons such as end, answer, short message, or reminder, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first caller interface displays the caller information, which can make the user quickly know the caller information
  • the first caller interface function icon can facilitate the user to use the AG device to control the incoming call of the HF device, which can further improve the user experience.
  • the incoming call information further includes prompt information, where the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
  • the incoming call from the HF device and the incoming call from the AG device can be distinguished based on the prompt information, which can further improve the user experience.
  • the first Bluetooth device when the first Bluetooth device sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, it is specifically used for: based on the HFP protocol, communicate with the second Bluetooth device A SCO flow is established, and voice messages are sent to and/or received from the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO flow.
  • the first Bluetooth device establishes a SCO stream based on the HFP protocol and the second Bluetooth device, so that voice messages can be transmitted synchronously between the first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device, so that the AG device can be used to answer the call of the HF device. Effect.
  • the first Bluetooth device may also be used to: in response to the first operation, switch the display interface of the first Bluetooth device from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
  • the first Bluetooth device may also be configured to disconnect the SCO flow in response to the second operation after establishing the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device.
  • the user when the user uses the AG device to answer the call of the HF device, the user can use the AG device to control the end of the call, which can further improve the user experience.
  • the first Bluetooth device may be further configured to: receive a second incoming call to the first number, generate a second incoming call notification message in response to the second incoming call, and send the second incoming call notification message based on the HFP protocol To the second Bluetooth device; the second Bluetooth device can also be used to: receive a second incoming call notification message based on the HFP protocol, and perform a second incoming call reminder for the second incoming call in response to the second incoming call notification message.
  • the user can not only use the AG device to answer the call of the HF device, but also use the HF device to answer the phone of the AG device, which can further improve the user experience.
  • the first number is different from the second number.
  • the AG device and the HF device are two independent telephone devices.
  • a calling method is provided.
  • the method can be applied to a first Bluetooth device.
  • the first Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol.
  • the first Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol.
  • the first Bluetooth device is an AG device, and the second Bluetooth device is an HF device; when the first Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, the second Bluetooth device carries a second number.
  • the method includes: the first Bluetooth device receives a first incoming call notification message from the second Bluetooth device; the first Bluetooth device responds to the first incoming call notification message , perform a first call reminder for a first incoming call, where the first incoming call is an incoming call to the second number; the first Bluetooth device, in response to the first operation, sends a voice message to the first call based on the HFP protocol two bluetooth devices and/or receive voice messages from said second bluetooth device.
  • the first protocol is SPP or BLE GATT.
  • the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
  • the first incoming call reminder includes one or more of displaying the first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting a prompt light.
  • the first caller interface includes caller information and function icons; wherein the caller information includes one or more of caller number, caller name, number location information or operator information; Wherein, the function icons include one or more of an end icon, an answer icon, a short message icon or a reminder icon.
  • the incoming call information further includes prompt information, where the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
  • the first Bluetooth device in response to the first operation, sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, specifically It includes: the first Bluetooth device establishes a standard synchronous connection oriented (SCO) stream with the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; the first Bluetooth device sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO stream. The second Bluetooth device and/or the voice message is received from the second Bluetooth device.
  • SCO synchronous connection oriented
  • the method further includes: in response to the first operation, the first Bluetooth device switches the display interface of the first Bluetooth device from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
  • the method further includes: after the first Bluetooth device establishes the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device, in response to a second operation, disconnecting the SCO flow.
  • the method further includes: the first Bluetooth device receives a second incoming call to the first number; the first Bluetooth device generates a second incoming call in response to the second incoming call a notification message; the first Bluetooth device sends the second incoming call notification message to the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
  • the first number is different from the second number.
  • a third aspect provides a calling method, the method is applied to a second Bluetooth device, the second Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol, and when a Bluetooth connection is established between the second Bluetooth device and the first Bluetooth device, the second Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol.
  • Two Bluetooth devices are HF devices; when the first Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or eSIM module with a first number, and the second Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or eSIM module with a second number, the method Including: the second Bluetooth device receives a first incoming call to the second number; the second Bluetooth device generates a first incoming call notification message in response to the first incoming call; the second Bluetooth device is based on the first call protocol to send the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device; the second Bluetooth device receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol A Bluetooth device.
  • the first protocol is SPP or BLE GATT.
  • the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
  • the second Bluetooth device receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, specifically including: the first Bluetooth device.
  • the second Bluetooth device establishes a SCO stream with the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; the second Bluetooth device receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the SCO stream. the first Bluetooth device.
  • the method further includes: the second Bluetooth device receives a second incoming call notification message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; the second Bluetooth device responds to the The second incoming call notification message executes a second incoming call reminder for a second incoming call, wherein the second incoming call is an incoming call to the first number.
  • the first number is different from the second number.
  • a communication device supports the HFP protocol, when the device establishes a Bluetooth connection with a second Bluetooth device, the device is an AG device, and the second Bluetooth device is a hands-free assembly HF device ;
  • the device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, and the second Bluetooth device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number.
  • the apparatus may be a Bluetooth device, or a chip inside the Bluetooth device, and the apparatus includes a module for executing the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect.
  • the apparatus may include: a transceiver unit configured to receive a first incoming call notification message from the second Bluetooth device;
  • a processing unit configured to, in response to the first incoming call notification message, execute a first incoming call reminder for a first incoming call, where the first incoming call is an incoming call to the second number;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to, in response to the first operation, send a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receive a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
  • the first protocol is SPP or Bluetooth Low Energy BLE GATT.
  • the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
  • the first incoming call reminder includes one or more of displaying the first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting a prompt light.
  • the first caller interface includes caller information and function icons; wherein the caller information includes one or more of caller number, caller name, number location information or operator information; Wherein, the function icons include one or more of an end icon, an answer icon, a short message icon or a reminder icon.
  • the incoming call information further includes prompt information, where the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
  • the transceiver unit when the transceiver unit sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol in response to the first operation, specifically for: establishing a SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; sending a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receiving a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO flow.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: in response to the first operation, switch the display interface of the device from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to, after establishing the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device, disconnect the SCO flow in response to a second operation.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a second incoming call to the first number
  • the processing unit is further configured to, in response to the second incoming call, generate a second incoming call notification message
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the second incoming call notification message to the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
  • the first number is different from the second number.
  • a communication device supports the HFP protocol, and when the device establishes a Bluetooth connection with a first Bluetooth device, the device is an HF device; the first Bluetooth device may A SIM card or an eSIM module with a number, the device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number.
  • the apparatus may be a Bluetooth device, or a chip inside the Bluetooth device, and the apparatus includes a module for executing the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect.
  • the apparatus may include:
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive a first incoming call to the second number
  • a processing unit configured to generate a first incoming call notification message in response to the first incoming call
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device based on a first protocol; receive a voice message and/or send a voice message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol message to the first Bluetooth device.
  • the first protocol is the serial port protocol SPP or BLE GATT of the traditional Bluetooth technology.
  • the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
  • the transceiver unit when the transceiver unit receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, it is specifically configured to: The HFP protocol is used, and a SCO flow is established with the first Bluetooth device; based on the SCO flow, a voice message is received from the first Bluetooth device and/or a voice message is sent to the first Bluetooth device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a second incoming call notification message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol;
  • the processing unit is further configured to, in response to the second incoming call notification message, execute a second incoming call reminder for a second incoming call, where the second incoming call is an incoming call to the first number.
  • the first number is different from the second number.
  • a Bluetooth device comprising: at least one processor; and a memory and a communication interface communicatively connected to the at least one processor; wherein the memory stores a program executable by the at least one processor. instructions, the at least one processor causes the Bluetooth device to perform the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect by executing the instructions stored in the memory.
  • a Bluetooth device comprising: at least one processor; and a memory and a communication interface communicatively connected to the at least one processor; wherein the memory stores a program executable by the at least one processor. instructions, the at least one processor causes the Bluetooth device to perform the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect by executing the instructions stored in the memory.
  • a computer-readable storage medium comprising a program or an instruction that, when the program or instruction is run on a computer, enables the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect be executed.
  • a computer-readable storage medium comprising a program or an instruction that, when the program or instruction is run on a computer, enables the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect be executed.
  • a tenth aspect provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory for reading and executing program instructions stored in the memory, so that the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect is implement.
  • An eleventh aspect provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory for reading and executing program instructions stored in the memory, so that the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect be executed.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the method described in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect to be performed.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect to be performed.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for establishing an HFP connection provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a smart watch provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a method for calling according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6A is a schematic diagram of a first incoming call interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6B is a schematic diagram of a second incoming call interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6C is a schematic diagram of a second incoming call interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6D is a schematic diagram of the smart watch 300 switching from displaying the second incoming call interface to off-screen;
  • 6E is a schematic diagram of enabling or disabling the function of "continue prompting after incoming call transfer"
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 8A is a schematic diagram of answering an incoming call on the second incoming call interface of the mobile phone 400;
  • 8B is a schematic diagram of an in-call interface of the mobile phone 400.
  • 8C is a schematic diagram of a desktop of the smart watch 300.
  • 8D is a schematic diagram of the display interface of the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 after the incoming call is connected;
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 10A is a schematic diagram of using the mobile phone 400 to hang up the phone call of the smart watch 300;
  • 10B is a schematic diagram of using the smart watch 300 to hang up the phone of the smart watch 300;
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of rejecting an incoming call from the smart watch 300 by using the mobile phone 400;
  • 14A is a schematic diagram of a call record provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 14B is a schematic diagram of another call record provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 14C is a schematic diagram of another call record provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1600 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1700 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Bluetooth Special Interest Group specifies different protocols or services (profiles) for communication between Bluetooth devices.
  • Common protocols include Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP), HFP, etc.
  • Bluetooth hands-free phone service hands-free profile, HFP protocol, which is mainly used for voice transmission between Bluetooth devices.
  • Bluetooth devices can control phone calls, such as answering, hanging up, rejecting, and voice dialing.
  • HFP protocol defines two roles of audio gateway (audio gateway, AG) and hands-free component (hand free, HF).
  • the AG is responsible for monitoring incoming calls on the network, informing the peer HF of the incoming call status, and establishing a standard synchronous connection oriented (SCO) or enhanced (Enhanced) connection.
  • SCO synchronous connection oriented
  • Enhanced enhanced
  • SCO streams voice.
  • the device serving as the AG is also called a gateway device.
  • HF is the receiving end of the call, responsible for answering the call instructions sent by the AG, accepting the establishment of the SCO stream, and providing several remote control functions (such as answering, hanging up, rejecting, voice dialing) Wait).
  • the device used as HF is also called a hands-free device.
  • a mobile phone is fixed as a gateway device
  • a Bluetooth device (such as a smart watch, smart glasses, Bluetooth headset, etc.) is fixed as a hands-free device.
  • Figure 1 provides a flowchart of a method for establishing an HFP connection between a mobile phone and a Bluetooth device, including:
  • the mobile phone initiates a Bluetooth pairing request to the Bluetooth device
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone receives the user's first operation for the Bluetooth device, it can click the identification of the Bluetooth device in the scan list;
  • the Bluetooth device returns a response message indicating successful pairing to the mobile phone
  • the Bluetooth device accepts the Bluetooth pairing request and returns a response message indicating successful pairing to the mobile phone; or,
  • the Bluetooth device If the Bluetooth device is not connected to other devices by Bluetooth, the Bluetooth device returns a response message indicating that the pairing is successful to the mobile phone after receiving the instruction to agree to the Bluetooth pairing request. For example, after receiving the Bluetooth pairing request, the Bluetooth device displays a Bluetooth pairing request pop-up window on the display interface.
  • the pop-up window includes the relevant information of the Bluetooth pairing requester (such as the Bluetooth name of the mobile phone), and also includes the information used to agree to the Bluetooth pairing. Function controls, function controls for rejecting Bluetooth pairing, etc.
  • the mobile phone receives the user's second operation on the function control for agreeing to Bluetooth pairing in the pop-up window, the mobile phone accepts the Bluetooth pairing request and returns a message indicating that the pairing is successful. Response message to the phone.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone establishes a physical connection with the Bluetooth device, it can negotiate capabilities and view the services supported by the Bluetooth device, such as HFP, A2DP, etc.;
  • the mobile phone sends an HFP service discovery request to the Bluetooth device;
  • the mobile phone can also query the services supported by the Bluetooth device, and the Bluetooth device reports the Bluetooth services supported by itself according to the query request.
  • the Bluetooth device sends a response message to the mobile phone, reporting the role (HP) of the Bluetooth device.
  • the mobile phone and the Bluetooth device After the process of the above steps S11-S14, the mobile phone and the Bluetooth device successfully negotiate roles, the mobile phone will be used as a gateway device, and the Bluetooth device will be used as a hands-free device.
  • the mobile phone When the mobile phone receives an incoming call from the network side, the mobile phone will notify the Bluetooth device of the status of the incoming call, and the user can control answering, hanging up or rejecting the incoming call through the Bluetooth device; Bluetooth device for voice dialing.
  • the Bluetooth device can usually retain the MAC address of the last or last connected device, when the Bluetooth device receives the user's operation of turning on the Bluetooth function or gets close to the last connected Bluetooth device, it can directly communicate with the last connected device.
  • the connected Bluetooth device is connected via Bluetooth, the roles of both parties can also directly use the previously negotiated roles.
  • Bluetooth devices can have the function of accessing the communication network and providing users with voice call services.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • eSIM embedded-SIM
  • the SIM card and the eSIM card are collectively referred to as a phone card hereinafter.
  • the ways for the Bluetooth device to access the communication network and provide the user with the function of voice call service can include the following three ways:
  • the phone number of the Bluetooth device is different from the phone number of the mobile phone.
  • the Bluetooth device and the mobile phone are two different telephone devices respectively.
  • the communication network When there is an incoming call from the mobile phone, the communication network only sends the incoming call notification to the mobile phone. At this time, if the mobile phone and the Bluetooth device are successfully paired and the HFP connection is maintained, the Bluetooth device can display and control the incoming call of the mobile phone. If the pairing is not successful or there is no HFP connection, Then the Bluetooth device cannot sense the incoming call from the mobile phone.
  • the communication network When there is an incoming call from a Bluetooth device, the communication network only sends an incoming call notification to the Bluetooth device. Since the Bluetooth device is in the HF role, the mobile phone cannot sense the incoming call from the Bluetooth device, nor can it control the incoming call from the Bluetooth device.
  • the smart wearable device has an independent phone number (supports inserting a SIM card or supports an independent eSIM). Without Bluetooth connection, the smart wearable device can initiate and receive calls as a stand-alone device. 2.
  • the phone number of the Bluetooth device is the same as the phone number of the mobile phone.
  • a Bluetooth device is equipped with a phone card, but the phone number of the phone card is the same as the phone number of the mobile phone.
  • the Bluetooth device and the mobile phone are the same phone device.
  • both the mobile phone and the Bluetooth device can receive the incoming call and display the incoming call, and the user can choose any device to answer or reject the incoming call.
  • the smart wearable device and mobile phone A have opened the No. 1 dual terminal service, that is, the phone number of mobile phone A is written in the esim of the smart wearable device.
  • Mobile phone A responds together.
  • the user can use the mobile phone B to connect with the smart wearable device through Bluetooth.
  • the third type, the Bluetooth device has two calling cards, one of the calling cards (card 1) has the same phone number as the mobile phone, and the other calling card (card 2) has a different phone number from the phone.
  • the Bluetooth device and the mobile phone are the same telephone device, and both the mobile phone and the Bluetooth device can receive the incoming call from card 1 and display the incoming call, Users can choose any device to answer or reject incoming calls.
  • the Bluetooth device and the mobile phone are two different phones. equipment.
  • the communication network only sends an incoming call notification to the Bluetooth device. Since the Bluetooth device is in the HF role, the mobile phone cannot sense the incoming call from the Bluetooth device, nor can it control the incoming call from the Bluetooth device.
  • the Bluetooth device has an independent cellular communication function, that is, the phone number of the Bluetooth device is the same as that of the mobile phone. different phone numbers.
  • the HFP protocol stipulates that after the Bluetooth pairing of two devices is successful, the role of the HFP device supported by both parties is fixed, so when the mobile phone receives an incoming call, the user can choose to answer it on the mobile phone (AG), or Choosing to answer on the Bluetooth device (HF) that is successfully paired with the mobile phone Bluetooth means that when the mobile phone receives an incoming call, it can be controlled by the Bluetooth device, that is, the HF device can control the AG device, but when the HF device also has an independent When the cellular communication function is used, that is, the phone number of the HF device is different from the phone number of the mobile phone. Although the HF device and the AG device were connected by Bluetooth before, the AG device will not control the call function of the HF device. When the Bluetooth device receives an incoming call, Based on the HFP protocol, it can only be answered on a Bluetooth device.
  • HF high frequency spectroscopy
  • equipment manufacturers usually set the mobile phone to AG and the wearable device to HF, which will lead to the recording effect of the HF microphone (microphone, MIC). And speakers (speakers, SPK) playback effect is poor; in addition, many HF Bluetooth devices (such as car terminals, smart watches, etc.) audio output is external, so there are privacy issues in public places. Therefore, when the user uses the HF call, there is a problem of poor user experience.
  • the present application provides a call method, device and system.
  • This application implements Bluetooth through proprietary Bluetooth communication protocols, such as serial port profile (SPP) of traditional Bluetooth technology or Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) of Bluetooth low energy (BLE), etc.
  • SPP serial port profile
  • GATT Generic Attribute Profile
  • BLE Bluetooth low energy
  • the call system includes a Bluetooth device 21 , an electronic device 22 and a network device 23 .
  • the Bluetooth device 21 and the electronic device 22 can establish a Bluetooth connection using Bluetooth. Based on the Bluetooth connection, short-distance data interaction can be realized between the Bluetooth device 21 and the electronic device 22 .
  • the network device 23 communicates with the Bluetooth device 21 through a wireless network.
  • the devices actually included in the call system are not limited to the Bluetooth device 21, the electronic device 22 and the network device 23 shown in FIG. 23 mobile phone or watch) etc.
  • the Bluetooth device 21 may be a smart watch or other wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the smart watch may include: a processor 301, a memory 302, a sensor 303, at least one speaker 304, at least one microphone 305, a power supply 306, Bluetooth 307, a mobile communication module 308, a display screen 309, and the like.
  • the memory 302 may be used to store application codes, such as application codes for pairing the smart watch with the electronic device 22 , application codes for the smart watch to transfer incoming calls from the network side to the electronic device 22 , and the like.
  • the processor 301 can execute the above-mentioned application code to realize the functions that the smart watch in this embodiment can have. For example, after the mobile communication module 308 receives an incoming call from the network side, the processor 301 can generate an incoming call notification message, and control the Bluetooth 307 to send the incoming call notification message to the electronic device 22 , so as to transfer the incoming call from the smart watch 300 to the electronic device 22 . function.
  • the memory 302 may also store a Bluetooth address for uniquely identifying the smart watch.
  • the memory 302 may also store connection data with the electronic device that has been successfully paired with the smart watch before.
  • the connection data may be the Bluetooth address of the electronic device successfully paired with the smart watch. Based on the connection data, the smart watch can be automatically paired with the electronic device without having to configure the connection therewith, such as legality verification.
  • the above Bluetooth address may be a media access control (media access control, MAC) address.
  • the sensor 303 may be a distance sensor or a proximity light sensor.
  • the processor 301 of the smart watch can determine whether it is worn by the user through the sensor 303 .
  • the processor 301 of the smart watch can use the proximity light sensor to detect whether there is an object near the smart watch, so as to determine whether the smart watch is worn by the user.
  • the processor 301 of the smart watch may turn on the speaker 304 .
  • the smart watch may also include a bone conduction sensor in combination with a bone conduction earphone.
  • the bone conduction sensor can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the voice part, and the processor 301 parses the voice signal to realize the control function corresponding to the voice signal.
  • the smart watch may further include a touch sensor or a pressure sensor for detecting a user's touch operation and pressing operation, respectively.
  • the smart watch may further include a fingerprint sensor for detecting the user's fingerprint, identifying the user's identity, and the like.
  • the smart watch may further include an ambient light sensor, and the processor 301 of the smart watch may adaptively adjust some parameters, such as volume, according to the brightness of the ambient light sensed by the ambient light sensor.
  • the speaker 304 can be used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals and play them. For example, when the smart watch 300 performs a call as a separate telephone device, the speaker 304 can convert the audio electrical signal received by the smart watch from the network side into a sound signal and play it. For example, when the smart watch is used as the audio output device of the electronic device 22 (ie, as HF), the speaker 304 can convert the audio electrical signal received from the electronic device 22 into a sound signal and play it.
  • the smart watch is used as the audio output device of the electronic device 22 (ie, as HF)
  • the speaker 304 can convert the audio electrical signal received from the electronic device 22 into a sound signal and play it.
  • the microphone 305 which may also be referred to as “microphone” or “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into audio electrical signals.
  • the microphone 305 can collect the user's voice signal when the user speaks (such as a call or a voice message), and Convert it to an audio electrical signal.
  • the audio electrical signal is the audio data in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth 307 is used to establish a Bluetooth connection with the above-mentioned electronic device 22, so that the Bluetooth device 21 and the electronic device 22 can perform short-distance data interaction, such as transmitting incoming call notification messages and audio data through the Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth 307 can support multiple Bluetooth connection types at the same time, such as HFP connection, BLE GATT connection, SPP connection, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the mobile communication module 308 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the smart watch 300 .
  • the mobile communication module 308 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 308 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 301 .
  • LNA low noise amplifier
  • the mobile communication module 308 may also include a SIM card interface for connecting a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be contacted and separated from the smart watch 300 by inserting into the SIM card interface or pulling out from the SIM card interface.
  • the smart watch 300 interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication.
  • the smart watch 300 can also use an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the smart watch 300 and cannot be separated from the smart watch 300 .
  • the smart watch 300 can independently access the communication network based on the SIM card or eSIM card and provide the user with the function of voice call service, that is, in the view of the communication network, the smart watch 300 is a separate telephone device.
  • the smart watch 300 has a calling card (either a SIM card or an eSIM card), and the smart watch 300 is connected to other devices via Bluetooth, such as a Bluetooth connection with a mobile phone, the phone number of the calling card of the smart watch 300 is the same as the phone number of the calling card of the mobile phone.
  • the phone numbers are different. From the perspective of the communication network, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone are different phone devices.
  • the smart watch 300 has multiple calling cards, and the smart watch 300 is connected to other devices via Bluetooth, such as a mobile phone via Bluetooth, the smart watch 300 has at least one phone card whose phone number is different from that of the phone.
  • the smart watch 300 uses When the phone service function of at least one phone card is provided, in the view of the communication network, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone are respectively different phone devices.
  • the display screen 309 is used to display images, videos, dialing information, or incoming call information and the like. For example, after the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call from the network side, the display screen 309 can display specific incoming call information (such as phone number, home location, etc.). For example, after receiving the instruction to answer the incoming call, the smart watch 300 displays an interface for answering the incoming call on the display screen 309 and the like.
  • the power supply 306 can be used to supply power to various components included in the smart watch.
  • the power source 306 may be a battery, such as a rechargeable battery.
  • the structure illustrated in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the smart watch 300 . It may have more or fewer components than shown in Figure 3, may combine two or more components, or may have a different configuration of components.
  • the smart watch also includes components such as an indicator light (which can indicate the status of electricity, etc.), a dust filter (which can be used with the earpiece) and other components.
  • the various components shown in Figure 3 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including one or more signal processing or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the Bluetooth device 21 may also be any one of the following devices: a Bluetooth speaker, a Bluetooth bracelet, a Bluetooth vehicle, a Bluetooth glasses, a Bluetooth headset, etc.
  • the specific form of the Bluetooth device is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • electronic device 22 may be a cell phone.
  • the mobile phone 400 may include a processor 410, an external memory interface 420, an internal memory 421, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 430, a charging management module 440, a power management module 441, a battery 442, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, Mobile communication module 450, wireless communication module 460, audio module 470, speaker 470A, receiver 470B, microphone 470C, headphone jack 470D, sensor module 480, buttons 490, motor 491, indicator 492, camera 493, display screen 494, and user Identity module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 495 and so on.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 480 may include a pressure sensor 480A, a gyroscope sensor 480B, an air pressure sensor 480C, a magnetic sensor 480D, an acceleration sensor 480E, a distance sensor 480F, a proximity light sensor 480G, a fingerprint sensor 480H, a temperature sensor 480J, a touch sensor 480K, and ambient light.
  • the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention do not constitute a specific limitation on the mobile phone 400 .
  • the mobile phone 400 may include more or less components than shown, or some components may be combined, or some components may be separated, or different component arrangements.
  • the illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 410 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 410 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processor
  • graphics processor graphics processor
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the mobile phone 400 .
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 410 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 410 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 410 . If the processor 410 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 410 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 410 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the processor 410 can control the execution of the application code to realize the functions of the mobile phone in this embodiment. For example, after the mobile phone 400 receives the incoming call notification message sent by the Bluetooth device 21 through Bluetooth (the message is used to indicate the incoming call received by the Bluetooth device 21 from the network side), in response to the incoming call notification message, the display screen of the mobile phone 400 is controlled to display Incoming call information of the Bluetooth device 21; after receiving the answering or rejecting operation input by the user, generate an instruction for indicating answering or rejecting, and control Bluetooth to send the instruction for indicating answering or rejecting to the Bluetooth device 21 , so that the Bluetooth device 21 connects or rejects the incoming call from the network side based on the instruction, thereby realizing the effect of the user controlling the phone of the Bluetooth device 21 through the mobile phone.
  • the USB interface 430 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 430 can be used to connect a charger to charge the mobile phone 400, and can also be used to transmit data between the mobile phone 400 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through the headphones.
  • the interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the mobile phone 400 .
  • the mobile phone 400 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 440 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 440 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 430 .
  • the charging management module 440 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the mobile phone 400 . While the charging management module 440 charges the battery 442 , it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 441 .
  • the power management module 441 is used to connect the battery 442 , the charging management module 440 and the processor 410 .
  • the power management module 441 receives input from the battery 442 and/or the charging management module 440, and supplies power to the processor 410, the internal memory 421, the external memory, the display screen 494, the camera 493, and the wireless communication module 460.
  • the power management module 441 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 441 may also be provided in the processor 410 .
  • the power management module 441 and the charging management module 440 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the mobile phone 400 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 450, the wireless communication module 460, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in handset 400 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna for WLAN.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 450 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G, etc. applied on the mobile phone 400 .
  • the mobile communication module 450 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 450 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 450 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 1 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 450 may be provided in the processor 410 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 450 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 410 .
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to speaker 470A, receiver 470B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 494 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 410, and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 450 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 460 can provide applications on the mobile phone 400 including Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 460 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 460 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 410 .
  • the wireless communication module 460 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 410 , perform frequency modulation on it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2 .
  • the mobile phone 400 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 494, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 494 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 410 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • Display screen 494 is used to display images, video, and the like. For example, after the mobile phone 400 receives the incoming call notification message of the Bluetooth device 21 , the display screen 494 displays the incoming call information of the Bluetooth device 21 . For example, when the mobile phone 400 receives the instruction of answering the incoming call of the Bluetooth device 21 , in response to the instruction, the display screen 494 displays an interface for connecting the incoming call of the Bluetooth device 21 .
  • Display screen 494 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light).
  • LED diode AMOLED
  • flexible light-emitting diode Flex light-emitting diode, FLED
  • Miniled MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED) and so on.
  • cell phone 400 may include 4 or N display screens 494, where N is a positive integer greater than 4.
  • the mobile phone 400 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 493, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 494 and the application processor.
  • Camera 493 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object is projected through the lens to generate an optical image onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
  • the cell phone 400 may include 4 or N cameras 493 , where N is a positive integer greater than 4.
  • the processor 410 of the mobile phone 400 can control the camera 493 to turn on and capture video images after the incoming call is connected.
  • the external memory interface 420 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the mobile phone 400 .
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 410 through the external memory interface 420 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card.
  • Internal memory 421 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
  • the processor 410 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone 400 by executing the instructions stored in the internal memory 421 .
  • the internal memory 421 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the mobile phone 400 and the like.
  • the internal memory 421 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • the mobile phone 400 can implement audio functions through an audio module 470, a speaker 470A, a receiver 470B, a microphone 470C, an earphone interface 470D, and an application processor.
  • the audio module 470 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal. Audio module 470 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 470 may be provided in the processor 410 , or some functional modules of the audio module 470 may be provided in the processor 410 .
  • Speaker 470A also referred to as a "speaker" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the mobile phone 400 can listen to music through the speaker 470A, or listen to a hands-free call. For example, after the mobile phone 400 controls the Bluetooth device 21 to connect to an incoming call, the speaker 470A can play the voice data transmitted by the Bluetooth device 21 through Bluetooth.
  • the receiver 470B also referred to as "earpiece" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the voice can be answered by placing the receiver 470B close to the human ear.
  • the receiver 470B plays the voice data transmitted by the Bluetooth device 21 through Bluetooth.
  • Microphone 470C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 470C through the human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 470C.
  • the mobile phone 400 may be provided with at least one microphone 470C.
  • the mobile phone 400 may be provided with two microphones 470C, which can implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals.
  • the mobile phone 400 may further be provided with three, four or more microphones 470C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions. For example, when the mobile phone 400 is connected to an incoming call from the Bluetooth device 21, the microphone 470C can record.
  • the headphone jack 470D is used to connect wired headphones.
  • the earphone interface 470D can be a USB interface 430, or can be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the keys 490 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 490 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key.
  • the cell phone 400 can receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the cell phone 400 .
  • Motor 491 can generate vibrating cues.
  • the motor 491 can be used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations acting on different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 491 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations on different areas of the display screen 494 .
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 492 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, the change of power, and may also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 495 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be contacted and separated from the mobile phone 400 by being inserted into the SIM card interface 495 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 495 .
  • the mobile phone 400 may support 4 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 4.
  • the SIM card interface 495 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card and so on.
  • the same SIM card interface 495 can insert multiple cards at the same time.
  • the types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 495 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 495 is also compatible with external memory cards.
  • the mobile phone 400 interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication.
  • the handset 400 employs an eSIM, ie: an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the mobile phone 400 and cannot be separated from the mobile phone 400 .
  • the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention do not constitute a specific limitation on the mobile phone 400 .
  • the mobile phone 400 may include more or less components than shown, or some components may be combined, or some components may be separated, or different component arrangements.
  • the illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the electronic device 22 can also be any one of the following devices: tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), vehicle-mounted device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device , Augmented reality (AR) devices, smart home devices, smart robots, etc.
  • mobile internet device mobile internet device, MID
  • vehicle-mounted device virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device
  • AR Augmented reality
  • smart home devices smart robots, etc.
  • the calling method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 , and the method can be specifically executed by the interaction between the processor in the Bluetooth device 21 and the processor in the electronic device 22 .
  • the Bluetooth device 21 as the smart watch 300 shown in FIG. 3
  • the electronic device 22 as the mobile phone 400 shown in FIG. 4 as an example
  • the calling method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in more detail.
  • the network device 23 includes an access network (access network, AN) device, a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device, an access network device such as a base station (eg, an access point), which may refer to an access network A device that communicates with a wireless terminal device over the air interface through one or more cells.
  • the base station may be used to convert received air frames to and from Internet Protocol (IP) packets and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, which may include the IP network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network device can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolved Node B) in long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), Alternatively, it may also include the next generation node B (gNB) or the next generation evolved base station (next generation evolved base station) in the new radio (new radio, NR) system of the fifth generation mobile communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G).
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolved Node B evolved Node B
  • LTE-A long term evolution-advanced
  • gNB next generation node B
  • next generation evolved base station next generation evolved base station
  • new radio new radio
  • Enhanced next-generation base station can also include a centralized unit (centralized unit in a cloud radio access network, Cloud RAN) system unit, CU) and distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), or may also include a relay device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may further include a core network device, and the core network device includes, for example, a network device that processes and forwards the signaling and data of the user.
  • a core network device is, for example, a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • MME is a key control node of the access network of the LTE system defined by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) protocol, and it is responsible for the positioning and paging process of terminal equipment in idle mode, including relay.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • the MME is the core network equipment responsible for the signaling processing part.
  • the core network equipment includes, for example, core network equipment such as an access management network element, a session management network element, or a user plane gateway.
  • the user plane gateway can be a server with functions such as mobility management, routing, and forwarding of user plane data, and is generally located on the network side, such as serving gateway (serving gateway, SGW) or packet data network gateway (packet data network gateway, PGW) Or user plane function entity (user plane function, UPF).
  • serving gateway serving gateway
  • PGW packet data network gateway
  • UPF user plane function entity
  • At least one of the following items refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s), such as at least one of a, b or c (a), can mean: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or b and c, or a and c, or a and b and c.
  • the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, sequence, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance.
  • the first priority criterion and the second priority criterion are only for distinguishing different criteria, and do not indicate the difference in content, priority, or importance of the two criteria.
  • FIG. 5 a flowchart of a method for calling according to an embodiment of the present application is provided, and the method can be applied to the calling system shown in FIG. 2 , wherein the Bluetooth device 21 takes the smart watch 300 in FIG.
  • the device 22 is exemplified by the mobile phone 400 in FIG. 4 .
  • Methods include:
  • the smart watch 300 establishes a Bluetooth connection with the mobile phone 400 .
  • the smart watch 300 initiates a Bluetooth pairing request to the mobile phone 400, and the mobile phone 400 accepts the Bluetooth pairing request and returns a response message indicating successful pairing to the smart watch 300.
  • Module or Bluetooth chip 307) and the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400 (BT in the wireless communication module 406 in FIG. 4) are paired successfully; or, the mobile phone 400 initiates a Bluetooth pairing request to the smart watch 300, and the smart watch 300 accepts the Bluetooth pairing request, and return a response message indicating that the pairing is successful to the mobile phone 400, and the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300 and the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400 are successfully paired.
  • the Bluetooth component of the smart watch 300 and the Bluetooth component of the mobile phone 400 can perform short-distance data interaction, that is, the Bluetooth connection between the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 is successfully established.
  • two-dimensional code information may be generated in the smart watch 300, which may be prefabricated at the factory.
  • the two-dimensional code information includes the Bluetooth pairing information of the smart watch 300, and the smart phone 400 can perform Bluetooth connection by scanning.
  • the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 After the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 are successfully paired via Bluetooth, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 also establish an HFP link, and negotiate that the smart watch 300 is a hands-free device, the mobile phone 400 is a gateway device, and the HFP link is between the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 will remain connected for the duration of the Bluetooth connection. In this way, when the mobile phone 400 calls, the smart watch 300 can also control the phone call of the mobile phone 400, such as answering, hanging up, rejecting the incoming call, and voice dialing.
  • the mobile phone 400 can notify the smart watch 300 of the incoming call information based on the HFP link, so as to transfer the incoming call to the smart watch 300, and the smart watch 300 will perform a reminder for the incoming call of the mobile phone 400, and the user You can choose to answer the incoming call on the smart watch 300.
  • the smart watch 300 controls the mobile phone 400 to answer the incoming call.
  • the mobile phone 400 establishes a SCO link with the smart watch 300 based on the HFP protocol, and communicates with each other based on the SCO link. Transmit voice data.
  • the mobile phone 400 can send the voice data of the call originator to the smart watch through the SCO link, which is output by the smart watch 300.
  • the smart watch 300 can also collect the voice in the surrounding environment to generate the voice data of the call receiver, and pass the voice data of the call receiver through the smart watch 300.
  • the SCO link is sent to the mobile phone 400, and then the mobile phone 400 transmits the voice data of the incoming call receiving end to the incoming call originating end through the network device.
  • the user can also choose to answer the incoming call on the mobile phone 400. If the mobile phone 400 receives the answering operation, the mobile phone 400 answers the incoming call, the voice data of the call originating end is output by the mobile phone 400, and the mobile phone 400 collects the voice in the surrounding environment to generate the voice data of the incoming call receiving end. voice data, and transmit the voice data of the incoming call receiving end to the incoming call originating end through the network device.
  • the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 After the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 are successfully paired by Bluetooth, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 also establish a private data communication link based on the private Bluetooth communication protocol.
  • the data communication link is a bidirectional link, that is, the mobile phone 400 can send data to the smart watch 300 based on the link, and the smart watch 300 can also send data to the mobile phone 400 based on the link.
  • the data communication link will remain connected during the Bluetooth connection period between the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 .
  • an SPP link is established between the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300 and the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400, and the SPP link can be used to transmit the Bluetooth based on the SPP protocol.
  • Communication data that is, the transmission of packets encapsulated in the SPP protocol format.
  • the BLE GATT link can be used to transmit Bluetooth communication data based on the BLE GATT protocol, that is, to transmit messages encapsulated in the BLE GATT protocol format.
  • the smart watch 300 has the function of independently accessing the communication network and providing the user with a voice call service.
  • a phone card (which can be a SIM card or an eSIM card) can be set on the smart watch 300 separately, and the phone number of the phone card is different from the phone number of the phone card on the mobile phone 400, and the smart watch 300 can access the mobile communication independently through the phone card network, and independently receive incoming calls from the mobile communication network based on the calling card to provide users with voice calling services.
  • the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call from the network device 23 .
  • the incoming call here is an incoming call received from the network device 23 when the smart watch 300 is used as a separate telephone device, and the phone number of the incoming call receiver of the incoming call is different from that of the mobile phone 400 .
  • the smart wearable device has an independent phone number (supports inserting a SIM card or supports an independent eSIM), and the smart wearable device can initiate and receive calls as an independent device.
  • the smart watch 300 determines that it has established a Bluetooth connection with the mobile phone 400, and generates an incoming call notification message.
  • the format of the incoming call notification message matches the private data communication link established in the aforementioned S501.
  • the specific format of the incoming call notification message is the format of the SPP message.
  • the information content carried by the incoming call notification message may be, for example, the content shown in Table 1.
  • TransID is the identification of the transmission packet corresponding to the incoming call notification message, indicating the ID description of the transmission from one endpoint to another endpoint.
  • Different senders and receivers have different TransIDs.
  • the message ID is the identifier of the message, and the message IDs corresponding to different messages transmitted by the same sender and receiver may be different.
  • Table 1 is only an example of the content of the incoming call notification message, but not a limitation, and may actually include more content, such as the caller's name, number attribution information, operator information, etc., the embodiment of the present application. There is no restriction on this.
  • the smart watch 300 will display a first incoming call interface, and the first incoming call interface may display incoming call information, function icons or controls, and the like.
  • the first incoming call interface may display incoming call information including the incoming call number ("186...5212"), the number origin (Shandong Qingdao), the operator (China Mobile), etc. Including icons or controls such as SMS, Reminder, Reject, and Answer).
  • the smart watch 300 can be triggered to perform corresponding functions.
  • the display screen of the smart watch 300 receives a click operation for the "answer" icon, and the display screen of the smart watch 300 reports the operation to the smart watch.
  • the processor of the watch 300 and the processor of the smart watch 300 can control the incoming call and control the display interface of the display screen to switch from the first incoming call interface to the in-call interface, so that the smart watch 300 is in a voice call state.
  • the smart watch 300 sends the incoming call notification message to the mobile phone 400 through the Bluetooth connection, and the mobile phone 400 receives the incoming call notification message through the Bluetooth connection.
  • the smart watch 300 After the smart watch 300 generates the above-mentioned incoming call notification message, it first transmits the incoming call notification message to the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300, and the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300 sends the incoming call notification message through the aforementioned private data communication link to the Phone 400.
  • the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400 receives the incoming call notification message and transmits it to the processor in the mobile phone 400 .
  • the private data communication link established by the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 may be an SPP link
  • the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300 may transmit the incoming call notification message to the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400 through the SPP link.
  • the mobile phone 400 performs an incoming call reminder in response to the incoming call notification message.
  • the processor of the mobile phone 400 can parse the incoming call notification message according to the format of the SPP protocol to obtain the specific content of the incoming call notification message, It is determined that the watch 300 has received an incoming call, and then an incoming call reminder is executed according to the specific content in the incoming call notification message.
  • performing the incoming call reminder on the mobile phone 400 may include: displaying a second incoming call interface on the display screen of the mobile phone 400 .
  • the second incoming call interface may include incoming call information and function icons.
  • the second call interface includes caller information such as caller number, number location information, and operator information, and may also include function icons such as a short message icon, a reminder icon, a reject icon, and an answer icon. Operations on these function icons can trigger the mobile phone 400 to control the smart watch 300 to perform corresponding functions, so as to realize the effect of remotely controlling the smart watch 300 through the mobile phone 400 .
  • the second incoming call interface may also display a prompt message to prompt that the current incoming call is the incoming call from the smart watch 300 .
  • the second incoming call interface may further include the text identification information of “watch call”; or, as shown in FIG. 6C , the second incoming call interface may further include an icon of “watch”, It is used to indicate that the current incoming call is an incoming call from the smart watch 300 .
  • FIG. 6B and FIG. 6C are only two possible examples of the prompt information, but are not limited, and are not actually limited thereto.
  • the mobile phone 400 when it performs an incoming call reminder, it may also include reminder methods such as vibration, ringing, or indicator light, and the specific examples are as follows.
  • Example 1 the processor of the mobile phone 400 controls the motor 491 to vibrate, which is used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls.
  • the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the motor to vibrate at different frequencies when the mobile phone 400 itself and the smart watch 300 receive an incoming call.
  • Example 2 the processor of the mobile phone 400 controls the speaker 470A of the mobile phone 400 to play the ringtone of the incoming call.
  • the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the speaker 470A of the mobile phone 400 to play different sounds respectively.
  • Example 3 the processor of the mobile phone 400 controls the indicator light of the mobile phone 400 to turn on.
  • the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control different indicator lights to turn on, or the mobile phone 400 to turn on.
  • the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the indicator lights to display different colors respectively, or the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the indicator lights to flash at different frequencies.
  • the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the indicator light to display green when the mobile phone 400 calls itself, and to display yellow when the smart watch 300 calls.
  • both the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 can perform an incoming call alert, or only the mobile phone 400 can perform an incoming call alert, which is not limited in this application.
  • the present application does not limit the order in which the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 both perform the incoming call reminder.
  • the smart watch 300 performs an incoming call notification immediately after receiving an incoming call, and at the same time, generates an incoming call notification message and sends the incoming call notification message to the mobile phone 400, and the mobile phone 400 performs the incoming call notification after receiving the incoming call notification message.
  • the smart watch 300 can perform an incoming call reminder before the mobile phone 400 .
  • the smart watch 300 can continue to perform the call notification, such as continuing to display the first call interface, or stop performing the call notification, such as switching the display state, such as FIG. 6D . As shown, the smart watch 300 switches from displaying the second incoming call interface to turning off the screen.
  • the smart watch 300 can set whether to continue to perform an incoming call reminder after the incoming call is transferred to the mobile phone 400 .
  • the setting menu of the incoming call reminder can be selected in the “settings” program of the smart watch 300, and then the function of “continue reminder after incoming call forwarding” can be turned on or off in the setting menu of the incoming call reminder. operate. If the smart watch 300 receives the operation of enabling the function of "continue prompting after incoming call forwarding" on the setting menu display interface, the smart watch 300 enables the function of "continuing prompting after incoming call transfer". The watch 300 will continue to perform incoming call reminder. If the smart watch 300 receives an operation to turn off the function of "continue prompting after incoming call forwarding" on the setting menu display interface, the smart watch 300 turns off the function of "continue prompting after incoming call transfer". The watch 300 will stop calling reminders. When the smart watch 300 is factory-set, the "continue prompt after incoming call transfer" function can be enabled or disabled by default.
  • the mobile phone 400 is installed with a first application, such as "Huawei Sports Health", the application may include a first interface, and the interface includes a smart wearable device paired with the mobile phone 400, such as the smart watch 300, When receiving the user's operation on the smart watch 300, a second interface may also be displayed, and the second interface includes setting options for the smart watch 300, such as the option of "continue prompting after incoming call transfer".
  • the smart watch 300 will continue to perform the incoming call alert; the interface may also include the option of “call notification message push”, that is, when the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call, it can push the incoming call alert synchronously to phone side.
  • the above describes how the smart watch 300 transfers incoming calls to the mobile phone 400 , and the following describes how the mobile phone 400 controls the incoming calls of the smart watch 300 .
  • the mobile phone 400 can also control the smart watch 300 to answer the call, hang up the call, or reject the incoming call in response to the received operation.
  • step S505 it further includes:
  • the mobile phone 400 receives the answering operation.
  • FIG. 8A it is a schematic diagram of displaying a second incoming call interface for the mobile phone 400 .
  • the second incoming call interface includes an answering icon.
  • a touch event is generated and reported to the processor of the mobile phone 400.
  • An answering instruction is generated in response to the touch event.
  • the answering operation (touching the answering icon) shown in FIG. 8A is only an example and not a limitation, and other methods may actually be used.
  • the answering operation is still when the mobile phone 300 is shaken, the power button of the mobile phone 300 is pressed, or a voice command is received.
  • the specific format of the answering instruction is an SPP message or an HFP message, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the mobile phone 400 sends the answering instruction to the smart watch 300 through Bluetooth, and the smart watch 300 receives the answering instruction.
  • the processor of the mobile phone 400 transmits the answering instruction to the Bluetooth module of the mobile phone 400, and the Bluetooth module of the mobile phone 400 can send the answering instruction to the Bluetooth module of the smart watch 300 based on the SPP link, BLE GATT link or HFP link, etc. , the Bluetooth module of the smart watch 300 transmits the answering instruction to the processor of the smart watch 300 .
  • the smart watch 300 is connected to the call originator.
  • the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 establish a SCO flow, and it can also be said that the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 establish a SCO connection.
  • step S509A may include: the mobile phone 400 initiates a request to the smart watch 300 to establish a SCO stream, and after receiving the "OK" response sent by the smart watch, the mobile phone 400 opens a correspondingly set synchronous connection to complete the SCO stream. establishment.
  • the S510A, the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 transmit voice data to each other based on the SCO stream, and the smart watch 300 and the network device 23 transmit voice data to each other, so that the mobile phone 400 can control the call of the smart watch 300 .
  • the network device 23 transmits the voice data from the call originator to the smart watch 300.
  • the smart watch 300 receives the voice data from the call originator, it will not The voice data of the call originator is output directly, but is transmitted to the mobile phone 400 through the SCO stream.
  • the mobile phone 400 outputs the voice data of the call originator through the audio output device (such as SPK) of the mobile phone 400.
  • the MIC of the mobile phone 400 also collects the voice in the surrounding environment, generates the voice data of the incoming call receiver, and then transmits the voice data of the incoming call receiver to the smart watch 300 through the SCO stream, and then the smart watch 300 transmits the voice data of the incoming call receiver. It is sent to the call originator through the network device 23 .
  • the mobile phone 400 can switch the display screen to the off-screen state, or display the lock screen interface, or display the in-call interface, or display other applications
  • the interface of the program (such as the desktop), etc., is not limited here.
  • the in-call interface includes call duration, caller information (caller number, attribution, incoming call from the watch, etc.), function icons for controlling the call status (mute, hang up, etc.) , hands-free, etc.).
  • the mobile phone 400 can also detect the user's operation to control the display state of the switch screen.
  • the mobile phone 400 displays the in-call interface by default.
  • the mobile phone 400 detects that an object is approaching near the mobile phone 400 based on the distance sensor 480F or the proximity light sensor 480G.
  • the mobile phone 400 can switch the display screen to the off-screen or lock-screen state to avoid user misoperation.
  • the smart watch 300 can switch the display screen to the off-screen state, or display the lock screen interface, or display the in-call interface, or display other
  • the interface of the application (such as the desktop), etc., is not limited here.
  • the smart watch 300 is in an off-screen state. Because the user may not pay attention to the smart watch 300 when using the mobile phone 400 to answer a call, turning off the screen of the smart watch 300 at this time can avoid leakage of the user's call privacy.
  • the smart watch 300 displays the desktop, which facilitates the user to use other functions of the smart watch 300 while using the mobile phone 400 to answer the call of the smart watch 300 , thereby improving the user experience.
  • the mobile phone 400 when the mobile phone 400 outputs the voice data of the originating end of the call, it may be output through SPK, or may be output through earpiece or earphone, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 400 after the call is connected, the mobile phone 400 outputs the voice data of the call originator through the handset by default to protect the privacy of the user. , and the mobile phone outputs the voice data through SPK.
  • the above S506A-S510A describe the method in which the mobile phone 400 controls the smart watch 300 to connect the incoming call and make a call after the call reminder of the smart watch 300 is transferred to the mobile phone 400 .
  • the smart watch 300 is used to answer the incoming call after the call reminder of the smart watch 300 is transferred to the mobile phone 400 .
  • the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 may not establish a SCO stream (ie, do not transmit voice data to each other), and after the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call, the mobile phone 400 stops the call reminder.
  • both the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 perform an incoming call reminder for the incoming call.
  • the smart watch 300 receives the answering operation and connects to the incoming call
  • the smart watch 300 displays the in-call interface
  • the smart watch 300 plays the voice data of the call originator and collects the voice data and transmits it to the call originator.
  • the smart watch 300 can also send an instruction to instruct the mobile phone 400 to stop the incoming call alert.
  • the mobile phone 400 stops the incoming call alert, and the display interface can be switched from the incoming call interface to the lock screen or off-screen interface. Or restore the display interface before the call reminder.
  • the mobile phone 400 may also display a prompt message that the incoming call has been connected through the smart watch. As shown in FIG. 8D , the mobile phone 400 displays “An incoming call of 186...5212 has been answered through the watch”.
  • the HF device When the HF device (such as the smart watch 300) receives an incoming call, the HF device can notify the AG device (such as the mobile phone 400) of the incoming call based on the SPP or BLE GATT protocol, triggering the AG device to perform an incoming call reminder for the incoming call from the HF device, thereby realizing the The effect of transferring incoming calls from HF equipment to AG equipment. Further, the AG device can also establish a SCO stream with the HF device based on the HFP protocol (wherein the establishment of the SCO stream is initiated by the AG device), thereby achieving the effect of using the AG device to answer the call of the HF device.
  • the AG device can also establish a SCO stream with the HF device based on the HFP protocol (wherein the establishment of the SCO stream is initiated by the AG device), thereby achieving the effect of using the AG device to answer the call of the HF device.
  • the AG device When the AG device (such as the mobile phone 400) receives an incoming call, the AG device can notify the smart HF device (such as the watch 300) of the incoming call based on the HFP protocol, triggering the HF device to perform an incoming call reminder for the AG device's incoming call, thereby realizing the AG device.
  • the effect of call transfer to HF device Further, the AG device can also establish a SCO stream with the HF device based on the HFP protocol (where the establishment of the SCO stream is initiated by the AG device), thereby achieving the effect of using the HF device to answer the call of the AG device.
  • the first type the incoming call receiver actively hangs up the call.
  • step S510A it further includes:
  • the mobile phone 400 receives the hang-up operation.
  • a hang-up icon may be displayed on the in-call interface of the mobile phone 400, and a touch event is generated when the touch sensor or pressure sensor of the mobile phone 400 detects a touch operation for the hang-up icon. It is reported to the processor of the mobile phone 400, and the processor generates a hang-up instruction in response to the touch event.
  • the hang-up operation may also be that the mobile phone 400 is shaken, the power button of the mobile phone 400 is pressed, and the mobile phone 400 receives a voice command.
  • the display interface of the watch 300 in FIG. 10A is an example of an interface during a call, and may actually be other display interfaces, such as a lock screen, a desktop, etc., or an off-screen state, which is not limited here.
  • the specific format of the hang-up command is an SPP message or an HFP message, which is not limited here.
  • the mobile phone 400 sends a hang-up instruction to the smart watch 300.
  • the Bluetooth module of the mobile phone 400 may send the hang-up instruction to the smart watch 300 through the SPP link or the HFP link.
  • the S513A and the smart watch 300 hang up the call with the call originator.
  • the S514A, the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 disconnect the SCO data path.
  • the mobile phone 400 closes the synchronization connection correspondingly set above, and disconnects the previously established SCO stream.
  • the mobile phone 400 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end-of-call interface contains relevant information about the call, such as the duration of the call, the incoming call number, etc.), or switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
  • the smart watch 300 if the smart watch 300 displays the in-call interface during the call, after the mobile phone 400 hangs up the call, the smart watch 300 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end of the call).
  • the interface contains the relevant information of the call, such as call duration, caller ID, etc.), or switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
  • the smart watch 300 displays another interface (such as the lock screen or the desktop) during the call, the smart watch 300 can switch the display state or not switch the display state after the call, which is not limited here.
  • both the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 return to the interface before the call.
  • S511A-S514A describe the method of controlling the smart watch 300 by the mobile phone 400 to end the call after the call is connected. In practical applications, it is not excluded that the smart watch 300 is still used to control the end of the call.
  • the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 respectively display the in-call interface, and the in-call interface of the smart watch 300 includes a hang up icon.
  • the smart watch 300 hangs up the call with the call originator, and disconnects the SCO data path from the mobile phone 400 .
  • the smart watch 300 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end-of-call interface contains relevant information about the call, such as the duration of the call, the number of the incoming call, etc.), or Switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
  • the mobile phone 400 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the call-end interface (the call-end interface contains the relevant information of the call, such as the call duration, caller number, etc.), or switch Go to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
  • both the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 return to the interface before the call.
  • step S509A the call originator hangs up the call actively.
  • step S509A it further includes:
  • the smart watch 300 receives the call end instruction from the network device 23.
  • the network device 23 will disconnect the call between the smart watch 300 and the call originator, and send the call end indication to the smart watch 300 .
  • the smart watch 300 ends the call with the call originator.
  • the S513B, the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 disconnect the SCO data path.
  • the mobile phone 400 closes the set synchronization connection, and disconnects the previously established SCO stream.
  • the mobile phone 400 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end-of-call interface contains relevant information about the call, such as the duration of the call, the number of the incoming call, etc.), or Switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
  • the smart watch 300 if the smart watch 300 displays the in-call interface during the call, after the mobile phone 400 hangs up the call, the smart watch 300 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end of the call).
  • the interface contains the relevant information of the call, such as call duration, caller ID, etc.), or switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
  • the smart watch 300 displays another interface (such as the lock screen or the desktop) during the call, the smart watch 300 can switch the display state or not switch the display state after the call, which is not limited here.
  • step S505 it further includes:
  • the mobile phone 400 receives the rejection operation.
  • the second incoming call interface includes a reject icon.
  • the touch sensor or pressure sensor of the mobile phone 400 will detect After the operation, a touch event is generated and reported to the processor of the mobile phone 400.
  • the processor determines that the touch event is an incoming call rejection according to the operation, and then generates a rejection instruction in response to the answering operation.
  • this application does not specifically limit the operation of the user to answer the phone, and the rejection method shown in Figure 13 is only an example and not a limitation, and other methods may also be used in specific implementation.
  • the user can also perform the operation of rejecting the call by shaking the mobile phone 300, pressing the power button of the mobile phone 300, or the like.
  • the specific format of the rejection command is an SPP message or an HFP message, which is not limited here.
  • the mobile phone 400 sends a rejection instruction to the smart watch 300 through Bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth module of the mobile phone 400 may send the rejection instruction to the smart watch 300 through the SPP link or the HFP link.
  • the smart watch 300 rejects the incoming call in response to the rejection instruction.
  • the mobile phone 400 can switch the display interface, for example, switch from the incoming call interface to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the incoming call, or the mobile phone 400 turns off the screen, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the smart watch 300 For the smart watch 300, if the phone 400 keeps the call reminder during the incoming call, for example, the incoming call interface is displayed at the same time, after the incoming call ends, the smart watch 300 can switch the display interface, for example, switch from the incoming call interface to the lock screen interface, or restore To the interface before the incoming call, or the smart watch 30 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here. If the smart watch 300 has stopped the incoming call alert once the mobile phone 400 performs the incoming call alert during the incoming call, such as switching from the incoming call interface to another interface, after the incoming call ends, the smart watch 300 can switch the display state or not switch the display state , there is no restriction here.
  • both the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 can generate and save the call record of the incoming call.
  • the call records of the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 both save the call from “186...5212” from Qingdao, Shandong. Records, including caller number (186...5212), call time (18:33), attribution (Qingdao, Shandong) and other information.
  • the mobile phone 400 can also answer incoming calls from its own SIM/eSIM card, so in order to distinguish whether each call record belongs to a mobile phone call or a watch The identification information indicating that the call is a "phone call” or "watch call", as shown in FIG. 14B .
  • the incoming call of the mobile phone 400 may be answered by the mobile phone 400 or by the smart watch 300, and the incoming call of the smart watch 300 may be answered by the mobile phone 400 or by the smart watch 300, so in order to distinguish each Whether the incoming call is answered through the mobile phone 400 or through the smart watch 300, each call record also includes identification information for indicating whether the incoming call is "answered by mobile phone" or "answered by watch", as shown in FIG. 14C .
  • the smart watch 300 when the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call, it notifies the mobile phone 400 of the incoming call information through a private data communication link, so that the mobile phone 400 can control the incoming call of the watch.
  • the mobile phone 400 can control the incoming call of the smart watch 300 by changing the HFP roles of the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 .
  • the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 renegotiate the roles, so that the role of the mobile phone 400 is HF, and the role of the smart watch 300 is AG, so that the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 can be based on the HFP protocol.
  • the phone 400 HF controls the phone of the smart watch 300 (AG).
  • the functions of the smart watch 300 such as incoming calls and answers can be transferred to the mobile phone 400 to use the mobile phone 400
  • the MIC collects sound and uses the mobile phone's SPK to play the sound, so as to achieve the effect of improving the user experience at the same hardware cost.
  • the method can be applied to a calling system.
  • the calling system includes a first Bluetooth device and a second Bluetooth device.
  • the first Bluetooth The device and the second Bluetooth device support the HFP protocol.
  • the first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device establish a Bluetooth connection, the first Bluetooth device is an AG device, and the second Bluetooth device is HF; when all When the first Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, and the second Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number, the method includes:
  • a second Bluetooth device receives a first incoming call to the second number; in response to the first incoming call, a first incoming call notification message is generated;
  • the second Bluetooth device sends the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device based on a first protocol; the first Bluetooth device receives the first incoming call notification message;
  • the first Bluetooth device executes a first incoming call reminder for the first incoming call
  • the first Bluetooth device sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
  • the first Bluetooth device may be the mobile phone 400 in FIG. 2
  • the second Bluetooth device may be the smart watch 300 in FIG. 2
  • the specific implementation manner of the first Bluetooth device performing the above method steps reference may be made to the specific implementation manner of the mobile phone 400 performing the corresponding method steps in the above related embodiments, and the specific implementation manner of the second Bluetooth device performing the above method steps may refer to the above related methods.
  • the specific implementation manner of the smart watch 300 executing the corresponding method steps in the embodiment will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1600, the device 1600 supports the HFP protocol, when the device 1600 establishes a Bluetooth connection with a second Bluetooth device, the device 1600 is an AG device, and the device 1600 is an AG device.
  • the second Bluetooth device is a hands-free component HF device; the apparatus 1600 may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, and the second Bluetooth device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number.
  • the apparatus 1600 may be a Bluetooth device, or a chip inside the Bluetooth device, and the apparatus 1600 includes a device for executing the functions executed by the smartphone 400 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 . method module.
  • the apparatus 1600 may include:
  • a transceiver unit 1601 configured to receive a first incoming call notification message from the second Bluetooth device
  • a processing unit 1602 configured to, in response to the first incoming call notification message, execute a first incoming call reminder for a first incoming call, where the first incoming call is an incoming call to the second number;
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is further configured to, in response to the first operation, send a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receive a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
  • the first protocol is SPP or Bluetooth Low Energy BLE GATT.
  • the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
  • the first incoming call reminder includes one or more of displaying the first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting a prompt light.
  • the first caller interface includes caller information and function icons; wherein the caller information includes one or more of caller number, caller name, number location information or operator information; Wherein, the function icons include one or more of an end icon, an answer icon, a short message icon or a reminder icon.
  • the incoming call information further includes prompt information, and the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
  • the transceiver unit 1601 when the transceiver unit 1601 sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol in response to the first operation, It is specifically used for: establishing a SCO stream with the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; sending a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receiving a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO stream.
  • the processing unit 1602 is further configured to: in response to the first operation, switch the display interface of the device 1600 from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is further configured to, after establishing the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device, disconnect the SCO flow in response to the second operation.
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is further configured to receive a second incoming call to the first number
  • the processing unit 1602 is further configured to, in response to the second incoming call, generate a second incoming call notification message
  • the transceiver unit 1601 is further configured to send the second incoming call notification message to the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
  • the first number is different from the second number.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1700, the device 1700 supports the HFP protocol, and when the device 1700 establishes a Bluetooth connection with a first Bluetooth device, the device 1700 is an HF device; the The first Bluetooth device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, and the apparatus 1700 may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number.
  • the apparatus 1700 may be a Bluetooth device or a chip inside the Bluetooth device, and the apparatus 1700 includes a device for executing the smart watch 300 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 . method module.
  • the apparatus 1700 may include:
  • a transceiver unit 1701 configured to receive a first incoming call to the second number
  • a processing unit 1702 configured to generate a first incoming call notification message in response to the first incoming call
  • the transceiver unit 1701 is further configured to send the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device based on the first protocol; receive and/or send a voice message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol a voice message to the first Bluetooth device.
  • the first protocol is the serial port protocol SPP or BLE GATT of the traditional Bluetooth technology.
  • the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
  • the transceiver unit 1701 when receiving a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sending a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, is specifically configured to: based on the HFP protocol The HFP protocol establishes a SCO flow with the first Bluetooth device; and based on the SCO flow, receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device.
  • the transceiver unit 1701 is further configured to receive a second incoming call notification message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol;
  • the processing unit 1702 is further configured to, in response to the second incoming call notification message, execute a second incoming call reminder for a second incoming call, where the second incoming call is an incoming call to the first number.
  • the first number is different from the second number.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is run on a computer, it makes FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG.
  • the method performed by the mobile phone 400 in the embodiment shown in 12 is performed.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is run on a computer, it makes FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG.
  • the method performed by the smart watch 300 in the embodiment shown in 12 is performed.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory and used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so that FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , or FIG. 11 or The method performed by the mobile phone 400 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 is performed.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory and used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so that FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , or FIG. 11 or The method performed by the smart watch 300 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 is performed.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, make the mobile phone 400 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 .
  • the executed method is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, make the smart watch in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 .
  • the method performed by 300 is performed.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
  • computer-usable storage media including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to function in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory result in an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.

Abstract

The present application relates to a call method, an apparatus and a system. Said system comprises an AG device and an HF device. When a Bluetooth connection is established between the AG device and the HF device, the AG device carries an SIM card or an eSIM module having a first number, and the HF device carries an SIM card or an eSIM module having a second number, the method as follows can be executed: upon reception of a first incoming call for a second number, the HF device can generate a first incoming call notification message, and send, on the basis of a first protocol, the first incoming call notification message to the AG device; and upon reception of the first incoming call notification message, the AG device can perform first incoming call reminding, and can also transmit, in response to a first operation, voice messages with the HF device on the basis of an HFP. By means of the present invention, when an HF device has an incoming call, functions such as incoming call and call answering of the HF device are transferred to an AG device, improving the user experience of answering a call of the HF device.

Description

一种通话方法、装置和系统A calling method, device and system
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2020年07月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010664923.2、申请名称为“一种通话方法、装置和系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202010664923.2 and the application title "A method, device and system for calling", which was filed with the China Patent Office on July 10, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及一种通话方法、装置和系统。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a calling method, device and system.
背景技术Background technique
具有独立用户身份识别卡(subscriber identity module,SIM)卡或者嵌入式SIM卡(embedded-SIM,eSIM)的蓝牙设备(如智能手表、智能眼镜等),可以通过蓝牙技术和手机通信连接,并接收来自手机的消息通知,例如接收手机的来电通知消息(该消息指示了手机的SIM或者eSIM的来电),用户在蓝牙设备上可以接听蓝牙设备的SIM或者eSIM的来电,也可以接听手机的SIM或者eSIM的来电。Bluetooth devices (such as smart watches, smart glasses, etc.) with an independent subscriber identity module (SIM) card or embedded SIM card (embedded-SIM, eSIM) can communicate with mobile phones through Bluetooth technology and connect and receive The message notification from the mobile phone, such as receiving the incoming call notification message of the mobile phone (the message indicates the incoming call from the SIM or eSIM of the mobile phone), the user can answer the incoming call from the SIM or eSIM of the Bluetooth device on the Bluetooth device, and can also answer the SIM or eSIM of the mobile phone. Incoming calls from eSIM.
目前,用户在使用蓝牙设备接听来电时,由于蓝牙设备的硬件能力限制,蓝牙设备的录音效果和播放效果较差;另外,在公众场合,蓝牙设备外放音频还存在隐私问题。At present, when a user uses a Bluetooth device to answer an incoming call, due to the limitation of the hardware capability of the Bluetooth device, the recording effect and playback effect of the Bluetooth device are poor; in addition, in public places, there is a privacy problem in the audio playback of the Bluetooth device.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供了一种通话方法、装置和系统,用以提升用户在使用蓝牙设备进行通话时的体验效果。The embodiments of the present application provide a calling method, apparatus and system, so as to improve the user experience when using a Bluetooth device to make a call.
第一方面,提供一种通话系统,通话系统包括第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备,第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备支持蓝牙免提电话服务(hands-free profile,HFP)协议,当第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,第一蓝牙设备为音频网关(audio gateway,AG)设备,第二蓝牙设备为免提组件(hand free,HF)设备;当第一蓝牙设备携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,第二蓝牙设备携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块时,第二蓝牙设备用于接收针对第二号码的第一来电,响应于第一来电,生成第一来电通知消息,基于第一协议将第一来电通知消息发送给第一蓝牙设备;第一蓝牙设备用于接收第一来电通知消息,并响应于第一来电通知消息,执行针对第一来电的第一来电提醒,响应于第一操作,基于HFP协议发送语音消息给第二蓝牙设备和/或从第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。In a first aspect, a call system is provided. The call system includes a first Bluetooth device and a second Bluetooth device. The first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device support the Bluetooth hands-free profile (HFP) protocol. When a Bluetooth device establishes a Bluetooth connection with a second Bluetooth device, the first Bluetooth device is an audio gateway (AG) device, and the second Bluetooth device is a hands-free (HF) device; when the first Bluetooth device carries When there is a SIM card or eSIM module with the first number, and the second Bluetooth device carries the SIM card or eSIM module with the second number, the second Bluetooth device is used to receive the first incoming call to the second number, and responds to the first Incoming call, generate a first incoming call notification message, and send the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device based on the first protocol; the first Bluetooth device is configured to receive the first incoming call notification message, and in response to the first incoming call notification message, execute the The first incoming call reminder of the first incoming call, in response to the first operation, sends a voice message to and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
在本申请实施例中,基于AG设备和HF设备之间的蓝牙连接,可以在HF设备来电时,把HF设备的来电、接听等功能转移到AG设备上,以使用AG设备的MIC采集声音以及使用AG设备的SPK播放声音,进而达到在同样硬件成本下,提升用户接听HF设备电话的体验。In the embodiment of the present application, based on the Bluetooth connection between the AG device and the HF device, when the HF device calls, the functions of the HF device such as incoming calls and answers can be transferred to the AG device, so that the MIC of the AG device can be used to collect sound and Use the SPK of the AG device to play the sound, thereby improving the user's experience of answering calls from the HF device at the same hardware cost.
在一种可能的设计中,第一协议为传统蓝牙技术的串口协议(serial port profile,SPP)或低功耗蓝牙(bluetooth low energy,BLE)通用属性配置协议(Generic Attribute Profile, GATT)。In a possible design, the first protocol is serial port profile (SPP) of traditional Bluetooth technology or Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) of Bluetooth low energy (bluetooth low energy, BLE).
在该设计中,可以在不改变HFP协议的前提下,基于SPP或BLE GATT协议实现将HF设备的来电通知给AG设备,进而使得用户可以从AG获知HF设备的来电,可以提高用户体验。In this design, without changing the HFP protocol, based on the SPP or BLE GATT protocol, the AG device can be notified of the incoming call of the HF device, so that the user can learn the incoming call of the HF device from the AG, which can improve the user experience.
在一种可能的设计中,第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of the incoming call number, the incoming call name, number attribution information or operator information.
应理解,上述几种信息仅是对第一来电通知消息中所包含的信息的举例,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the above several kinds of information are only examples of the information included in the first incoming call notification message, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的设计中,第一来电提醒包括显示第一来电界面、振动、响铃或提示灯亮中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call reminder includes one or more of displaying the first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting the prompt light.
应理解,上述几种提醒方式仅是对第一来电提醒的举例,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the above several reminding manners are only examples for reminding the first incoming call, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的设计中,第一来电界面中包含来电信息和功能图标。其中,来电信息可以包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码属地信息或运营商信息等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。其中,功能图标可以包括结束、接听、短信或提醒等图标,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In a possible design, the first caller interface includes caller information and function icons. The caller information may include caller number, caller name, number location information, operator information, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The function icons may include icons such as end, answer, short message, or reminder, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
该设计中,第一来电界面显示来电信息,可以使得用户快速获知来电信息,第一来电界面功能图标,可以方便用户使用AG设备对HF设备的来电进行控制,可以进一步提高用户体验。In this design, the first caller interface displays the caller information, which can make the user quickly know the caller information, and the first caller interface function icon can facilitate the user to use the AG device to control the incoming call of the HF device, which can further improve the user experience.
在一种可能的设计中,来电信息还包括提示信息,提示信息用于指示第一来电是第二蓝牙设备的来电。In a possible design, the incoming call information further includes prompt information, where the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
该设计中,用户在AG设备上接听来电时,可以基于提示信息对HF设备的来电和AG设备的来电进行区分,可以进一步提高用户体验。In this design, when the user answers an incoming call on the AG device, the incoming call from the HF device and the incoming call from the AG device can be distinguished based on the prompt information, which can further improve the user experience.
在一种可能的设计中,第一蓝牙设备在基于HFP协议发送语音消息给第二蓝牙设备和/或从第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息时,具体用于:基于HFP协议,与第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流,并基于SCO流发送语音消息给第二蓝牙设备和/或从第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。In a possible design, when the first Bluetooth device sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, it is specifically used for: based on the HFP protocol, communicate with the second Bluetooth device A SCO flow is established, and voice messages are sent to and/or received from the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO flow.
该设计中,第一蓝牙设备基于HFP协议和第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流,使得第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备之间可以同步传输语音消息,进而可以实现使用AG设备接听HF设备的通话的效果。In this design, the first Bluetooth device establishes a SCO stream based on the HFP protocol and the second Bluetooth device, so that voice messages can be transmitted synchronously between the first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device, so that the AG device can be used to answer the call of the HF device. Effect.
在一种可能的设计中,第一蓝牙设备还可以用于:响应于第一操作,将第一蓝牙设备的显示界面从来电界面切换为通话中界面。In a possible design, the first Bluetooth device may also be used to: in response to the first operation, switch the display interface of the first Bluetooth device from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
该设计中,可以方便用户在使用AG设备接听HF设备的通话时,通过该通话中界面查看通话状态和控制通话。In this design, it is convenient for users to check the call status and control the call through the in-call interface when using the AG device to answer the call of the HF device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一蓝牙设备还可以用于:在与第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流之后,响应于第二操作,断开SCO流。In one possible design, the first Bluetooth device may also be configured to disconnect the SCO flow in response to the second operation after establishing the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device.
该设计中,用户在使用AG设备接听HF设备的电话时,可以使用AG设备控制结束电话,可以进一步提高用户体验。In this design, when the user uses the AG device to answer the call of the HF device, the user can use the AG device to control the end of the call, which can further improve the user experience.
在一种可能的设计中,第一蓝牙设备可以还用于:接收针对第一号码的第二来电,响应于第二来电,生成第二来电通知消息,基于HFP协议将第二来电通知消息发送给第二蓝牙设备;第二蓝牙设备还可以用于:基于HFP协议接收第二来电通知消息,响应于第二来电通知消息,执行针对第二来电的第二来电提醒。In a possible design, the first Bluetooth device may be further configured to: receive a second incoming call to the first number, generate a second incoming call notification message in response to the second incoming call, and send the second incoming call notification message based on the HFP protocol To the second Bluetooth device; the second Bluetooth device can also be used to: receive a second incoming call notification message based on the HFP protocol, and perform a second incoming call reminder for the second incoming call in response to the second incoming call notification message.
该设计中,用户不仅可以使用AG设备接听HF设备的电话,还可以使用HF设备接 听AG设备的电话,可以进一步提高用户体验。In this design, the user can not only use the AG device to answer the call of the HF device, but also use the HF device to answer the phone of the AG device, which can further improve the user experience.
在一种可能的设计中,第一号码不同于第二号码。In one possible design, the first number is different from the second number.
也即,对于网络侧来说,AG设备和HF设备是两个独立的电话设备。That is, for the network side, the AG device and the HF device are two independent telephone devices.
第二方面,提供一种通话方法,所述方法可以应用于第一蓝牙设备,所述第一蓝牙设备支持HFP协议,当所述第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述第一蓝牙设备为AG设备,所述第二蓝牙设备为HF设备;当所述第一蓝牙设备携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述第二蓝牙设备携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块时,所述方法包括:所述第一蓝牙设备接收来自所述第二蓝牙设备的第一来电通知消息;所述第一蓝牙设备并响应于所述第一来电通知消息,执行针对第一来电的第一来电提醒,其中第一来电是针对所述第二号码的来电;所述第一蓝牙设备响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。In a second aspect, a calling method is provided. The method can be applied to a first Bluetooth device. The first Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol. When a Bluetooth connection is established between the first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device, the first Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol. The first Bluetooth device is an AG device, and the second Bluetooth device is an HF device; when the first Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, the second Bluetooth device carries a second number. When a SIM card or an eSIM module is used, the method includes: the first Bluetooth device receives a first incoming call notification message from the second Bluetooth device; the first Bluetooth device responds to the first incoming call notification message , perform a first call reminder for a first incoming call, where the first incoming call is an incoming call to the second number; the first Bluetooth device, in response to the first operation, sends a voice message to the first call based on the HFP protocol two bluetooth devices and/or receive voice messages from said second bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一协议为SPP或BLE GATT。In a possible design, the first protocol is SPP or BLE GATT.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电提醒包括显示第一来电界面、振动、响铃或提示灯亮中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call reminder includes one or more of displaying the first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting a prompt light.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电界面中包含来电信息和功能图标;其中,所述来电信息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项;其中,所述功能图标包括结束图标、接听图标、短信图标或提醒图标中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first caller interface includes caller information and function icons; wherein the caller information includes one or more of caller number, caller name, number location information or operator information; Wherein, the function icons include one or more of an end icon, an answer icon, a short message icon or a reminder icon.
在一种可能的设计中,所述来电信息还包括提示信息,所述提示信息用于指示所述第一来电是所述第二蓝牙设备的来电。In a possible design, the incoming call information further includes prompt information, where the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一蓝牙设备响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息,具体包括:所述第一蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议,与所述第二蓝牙设备建立标准同步定向连接(synchronous connection oriented,SCO)流;所述第一蓝牙设备基于所述SCO流发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。In a possible design, in response to the first operation, the first Bluetooth device sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, specifically It includes: the first Bluetooth device establishes a standard synchronous connection oriented (SCO) stream with the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; the first Bluetooth device sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO stream. The second Bluetooth device and/or the voice message is received from the second Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第一蓝牙设备响应于所述第一操作,将所述第一蓝牙设备的显示界面从来电界面切换为通话中界面。In a possible design, the method further includes: in response to the first operation, the first Bluetooth device switches the display interface of the first Bluetooth device from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第一蓝牙设备在与所述第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流之后,响应于第二操作,断开所述SCO流。In a possible design, the method further includes: after the first Bluetooth device establishes the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device, in response to a second operation, disconnecting the SCO flow.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第一蓝牙设备收针对所述第一号码的第二来电;所述第一蓝牙设备响应于所述第二来电,生成第二来电通知消息;所述第一蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议将所述第二来电通知消息发送给所述第二蓝牙设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first Bluetooth device receives a second incoming call to the first number; the first Bluetooth device generates a second incoming call in response to the second incoming call a notification message; the first Bluetooth device sends the second incoming call notification message to the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一号码不同于所述第二号码。In one possible design, the first number is different from the second number.
第三方面,提供一种通话方法,所述方法应用于第二蓝牙设备,所述第二蓝牙设备支持HFP协议,当所述第二蓝牙设备和第一蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述第二蓝牙设备为HF设备;当所述第一蓝牙设备携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述第二蓝牙设备携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块时,所述方法包括:所述第二蓝牙设备接收针对所述第二号码的第一来电;所述第二蓝牙设备响应于所述第一来电,生成第一来电通知消息;所述第二蓝牙设备基于第一协议将所述第一来电通知消息发送给所述第 一蓝牙设备;所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备。A third aspect provides a calling method, the method is applied to a second Bluetooth device, the second Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol, and when a Bluetooth connection is established between the second Bluetooth device and the first Bluetooth device, the second Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol. Two Bluetooth devices are HF devices; when the first Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or eSIM module with a first number, and the second Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or eSIM module with a second number, the method Including: the second Bluetooth device receives a first incoming call to the second number; the second Bluetooth device generates a first incoming call notification message in response to the first incoming call; the second Bluetooth device is based on the first call protocol to send the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device; the second Bluetooth device receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol A Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一协议为SPP或BLE GATT。In a possible design, the first protocol is SPP or BLE GATT.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备,具体包括:所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议,与所述第一蓝牙设备建立SCO流;所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述SCO流,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备。In a possible design, the second Bluetooth device receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, specifically including: the first Bluetooth device. The second Bluetooth device establishes a SCO stream with the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; the second Bluetooth device receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the SCO stream. the first Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议接收来自所述第一蓝牙设备的第二来电通知消息;所述第二蓝牙设备响应于所述第二来电通知消息,执行针对第二来电的第二来电提醒,其中所述第二来电为针对所述第一号码的来电。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second Bluetooth device receives a second incoming call notification message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; the second Bluetooth device responds to the The second incoming call notification message executes a second incoming call reminder for a second incoming call, wherein the second incoming call is an incoming call to the first number.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一号码不同于所述第二号码。In one possible design, the first number is different from the second number.
第四方面,提供一种通话装置,所述装置支持HFP协议,当所述装置和第二蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述装置为AG设备,所述第二蓝牙设备为免提组件HF设备;所述装置可以携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述第二蓝牙设备可以携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, the device supports the HFP protocol, when the device establishes a Bluetooth connection with a second Bluetooth device, the device is an AG device, and the second Bluetooth device is a hands-free assembly HF device ; The device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, and the second Bluetooth device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number.
所述装置可以是蓝牙设备,或者是蓝牙设备内部的芯片,所述装置包括用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法的模块。The apparatus may be a Bluetooth device, or a chip inside the Bluetooth device, and the apparatus includes a module for executing the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect.
示例性的,所述装置可以包括:收发单元,用于接收来自所述第二蓝牙设备的第一来电通知消息;Exemplarily, the apparatus may include: a transceiver unit configured to receive a first incoming call notification message from the second Bluetooth device;
处理单元,用于响应于所述第一来电通知消息,执行针对第一来电的第一来电提醒,其中第一来电是针对所述第二号码的来电;a processing unit, configured to, in response to the first incoming call notification message, execute a first incoming call reminder for a first incoming call, where the first incoming call is an incoming call to the second number;
所述收发单元,还用于响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。The transceiver unit is further configured to, in response to the first operation, send a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receive a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一协议为SPP或低功耗蓝牙BLE GATT。In a possible design, the first protocol is SPP or Bluetooth Low Energy BLE GATT.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电提醒包括显示第一来电界面、振动、响铃或提示灯亮中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call reminder includes one or more of displaying the first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting a prompt light.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电界面中包含来电信息和功能图标;其中,所述来电信息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项;其中,所述功能图标包括结束图标、接听图标、短信图标或提醒图标中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first caller interface includes caller information and function icons; wherein the caller information includes one or more of caller number, caller name, number location information or operator information; Wherein, the function icons include one or more of an end icon, an answer icon, a short message icon or a reminder icon.
在一种可能的设计中,所述来电信息还包括提示信息,所述提示信息用于指示所述第一来电是所述第二蓝牙设备的来电。In a possible design, the incoming call information further includes prompt information, where the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元在响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息时,具体用于:基于所述HFP协议,与所述第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流;基于所述SCO流发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。In a possible design, when the transceiver unit sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol in response to the first operation, specifically for: establishing a SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; sending a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receiving a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO flow.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元还用于:响应于所述第一操作,将所述装置的显 示界面从来电界面切换为通话中界面。In a possible design, the processing unit is further configured to: in response to the first operation, switch the display interface of the device from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元还用于,在与所述第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流之后,响应于第二操作,断开所述SCO流。In a possible design, the transceiver unit is further configured to, after establishing the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device, disconnect the SCO flow in response to a second operation.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元,还用于收针对所述第一号码的第二来电;In a possible design, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a second incoming call to the first number;
所述处理单元,还用于所述响应于所述第二来电,生成第二来电通知消息;The processing unit is further configured to, in response to the second incoming call, generate a second incoming call notification message;
所述收发单元,还用于基于所述HFP协议将所述第二来电通知消息发送给所述第二蓝牙设备。The transceiver unit is further configured to send the second incoming call notification message to the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一号码不同于所述第二号码。In one possible design, the first number is different from the second number.
第五方面,提供一种通话装置,所述装置支持HFP协议,当所述装置和第一蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述装置为HF设备;所述第一蓝牙设备可以携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述装置可以携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, the device supports the HFP protocol, and when the device establishes a Bluetooth connection with a first Bluetooth device, the device is an HF device; the first Bluetooth device may A SIM card or an eSIM module with a number, the device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number.
所述装置可以是蓝牙设备,或者是蓝牙设备内部的芯片,所述装置包括用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法的模块。The apparatus may be a Bluetooth device, or a chip inside the Bluetooth device, and the apparatus includes a module for executing the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect.
示例性的,所述装置可以包括:Exemplarily, the apparatus may include:
收发单元,用于接收针对所述第二号码的第一来电;a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first incoming call to the second number;
处理单元,用于响应于所述第一来电,生成第一来电通知消息;a processing unit, configured to generate a first incoming call notification message in response to the first incoming call;
所述收发单元,还用于基于第一协议将所述第一来电通知消息发送给所述第一蓝牙设备;基于所述HFP协议,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备。The transceiver unit is further configured to send the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device based on a first protocol; receive a voice message and/or send a voice message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol message to the first Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一协议为传统蓝牙技术的串口协议SPP或BLE GATT。In a possible design, the first protocol is the serial port protocol SPP or BLE GATT of the traditional Bluetooth technology.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元在基于所述HFP协议,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备时,具体用于:基于所述HFP协议,与所述第一蓝牙设备建立SCO流;基于所述SCO流,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备。In a possible design, when the transceiver unit receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, it is specifically configured to: The HFP protocol is used, and a SCO flow is established with the first Bluetooth device; based on the SCO flow, a voice message is received from the first Bluetooth device and/or a voice message is sent to the first Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元,还用于基于所述HFP协议接收来自所述第一蓝牙设备的第二来电通知消息;In a possible design, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a second incoming call notification message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol;
所述处理单元,还用于响应于所述第二来电通知消息,执行针对第二来电的第二来电提醒,其中所述第二来电为针对所述第一号码的来电。The processing unit is further configured to, in response to the second incoming call notification message, execute a second incoming call reminder for a second incoming call, where the second incoming call is an incoming call to the first number.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一号码不同于所述第二号码。In one possible design, the first number is different from the second number.
第六方面,提供一种蓝牙设备,包括:至少一个处理器;以及与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器、通信接口;其中,所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述至少一个处理器通过执行所述存储器存储的指令,使得所述蓝牙设备执行如第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, a Bluetooth device is provided, comprising: at least one processor; and a memory and a communication interface communicatively connected to the at least one processor; wherein the memory stores a program executable by the at least one processor. instructions, the at least one processor causes the Bluetooth device to perform the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect by executing the instructions stored in the memory.
第七方面,提供一种蓝牙设备,包括:至少一个处理器;以及与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器、通信接口;其中,所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述至少一个处理器通过执行所述存储器存储的指令,使得所述蓝牙设备执行如第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a Bluetooth device is provided, comprising: at least one processor; and a memory and a communication interface communicatively connected to the at least one processor; wherein the memory stores a program executable by the at least one processor. instructions, the at least one processor causes the Bluetooth device to perform the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect by executing the instructions stored in the memory.
第八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在计 算机上运行时,使得如第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中所述的方法被执行。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, comprising a program or an instruction that, when the program or instruction is run on a computer, enables the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect be executed.
第九方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得如第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中所述的方法被执行。In a ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, comprising a program or an instruction that, when the program or instruction is run on a computer, enables the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect be executed.
第十方面,提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,使得第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法被执行。A tenth aspect provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory for reading and executing program instructions stored in the memory, so that the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect is implement.
第十一方面,提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,使得第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法被执行。An eleventh aspect provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory for reading and executing program instructions stored in the memory, so that the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect be executed.
第十二方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法被执行。A twelfth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the method described in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect to be performed.
第十三方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中所述方法被执行。A thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect to be performed.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种建立HFP连接的方法的流程图;1 is a flowchart of a method for establishing an HFP connection provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通话系统的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种智能手表的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a smart watch provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种手机的结构示例图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通话方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a method for calling according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6A为本申请实施例提供的第一来电界面的示意图;6A is a schematic diagram of a first incoming call interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6B为本申请实施例提供的第二来电界面的示意图;6B is a schematic diagram of a second incoming call interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6C为本申请实施例提供的第二来电界面的示意图;6C is a schematic diagram of a second incoming call interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6D为智能手表300从显示第二来电界面切换至灭屏的示意图;6D is a schematic diagram of the smart watch 300 switching from displaying the second incoming call interface to off-screen;
图6E为开启或关闭“来电转移后继续提示”功能的示意图;6E is a schematic diagram of enabling or disabling the function of "continue prompting after incoming call transfer";
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种通话方法的流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8A为在手机400的第二来电界面接听来电的示意图;8A is a schematic diagram of answering an incoming call on the second incoming call interface of the mobile phone 400;
图8B为手机400的通话中界面的示意图;8B is a schematic diagram of an in-call interface of the mobile phone 400;
图8C为智能手表300的桌面的示意图;8C is a schematic diagram of a desktop of the smart watch 300;
图8D为接通来电后手机400和智能手表300的显示界面示意图;8D is a schematic diagram of the display interface of the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 after the incoming call is connected;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种通话方法的流程图;FIG. 9 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10A为使用手机400挂断智能手表300的电话的示意图;10A is a schematic diagram of using the mobile phone 400 to hang up the phone call of the smart watch 300;
图10B为使用智能手表300挂断智能手表300的电话的示意图;10B is a schematic diagram of using the smart watch 300 to hang up the phone of the smart watch 300;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种通话方法的流程图;FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种通话方法的流程图;FIG. 12 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为使用手机400拒接智能手表300的来电的示意图;13 is a schematic diagram of rejecting an incoming call from the smart watch 300 by using the mobile phone 400;
图14A为本申请实施例提供的一种通话记录的示意图;14A is a schematic diagram of a call record provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14B为本申请实施例提供的另一种通话记录的示意图;14B is a schematic diagram of another call record provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14C为本申请实施例提供的另一种通话记录的示意图;14C is a schematic diagram of another call record provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种通话方法的流程图;FIG. 15 is a flowchart of another calling method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通话装置1600的结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1600 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种通话装置1700的结构示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1700 according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
蓝牙技术联盟(SIG)针对蓝牙设备之间的通信指定不同的协议或者服务(profile),常见的协议有蓝牙音频传输模型协定(Advanced Audio Distribution Profile,A2DP)、HFP等,其中蓝牙免提电话服务(hands-free profile,HFP)协议,主要用于蓝牙设备之间的语音传输,例如,可以让蓝牙设备控制手机的电话,如接听、挂断、拒接、语音拨号等。The Bluetooth Special Interest Group (SIG) specifies different protocols or services (profiles) for communication between Bluetooth devices. Common protocols include Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP), HFP, etc. Among them, Bluetooth hands-free phone service (hands-free profile, HFP) protocol, which is mainly used for voice transmission between Bluetooth devices. For example, Bluetooth devices can control phone calls, such as answering, hanging up, rejecting, and voice dialing.
HFP协议定义了音频网关(audio gateway,AG)和免提组件(hand free,HF)两个角色。HFP protocol defines two roles of audio gateway (audio gateway, AG) and hands-free component (hand free, HF).
AG作为音频的输入/输出网关,即通话的源起端,负责监控网络来电,将来电状态通知给对端HF,并负责建立标准同步定向连接(synchronous connection oriented,SCO)或者增强型(Enhanced)SCO流传输语音。在本申请实施例中,作为AG的设备又称为网关设备。As the input/output gateway of audio, the AG is responsible for monitoring incoming calls on the network, informing the peer HF of the incoming call status, and establishing a standard synchronous connection oriented (SCO) or enhanced (Enhanced) connection. SCO streams voice. In this embodiment of the present application, the device serving as the AG is also called a gateway device.
HF作为音频网关的远程音频输入/输出设备,即通话的接收端,负责接听AG发送过来的通话指示,接受SCO流建立,并可提供若干遥控功能(如接听、挂断、拒接、语音拨号等)。在本申请实施例中,作为HF的设备又称为免提设备。As the remote audio input/output device of the audio gateway, HF is the receiving end of the call, responsible for answering the call instructions sent by the AG, accepting the establishment of the SCO stream, and providing several remote control functions (such as answering, hanging up, rejecting, voice dialing) Wait). In the embodiments of the present application, the device used as HF is also called a hands-free device.
支持HFP协议的设备的角色一般是固定的,比如手机固定为网关设备,蓝牙设备(如智能手表、智能眼镜、蓝牙耳机等)固定作为免提设备。The roles of devices that support the HFP protocol are generally fixed. For example, a mobile phone is fixed as a gateway device, and a Bluetooth device (such as a smart watch, smart glasses, Bluetooth headset, etc.) is fixed as a hands-free device.
图1提供了一种手机和蓝牙设备建立HFP连接的方法的流程图,包括:Figure 1 provides a flowchart of a method for establishing an HFP connection between a mobile phone and a Bluetooth device, including:
S11、手机向蓝牙设备发起蓝牙配对请求;S11. The mobile phone initiates a Bluetooth pairing request to the Bluetooth device;
例如,当手机接收到用户针对蓝牙设备的第一操作,可以在是扫描列表中点击蓝牙设备的标识;For example, when the mobile phone receives the user's first operation for the Bluetooth device, it can click the identification of the Bluetooth device in the scan list;
S12、蓝牙设备返回指示配对成功的响应消息给手机;S12, the Bluetooth device returns a response message indicating successful pairing to the mobile phone;
如果蓝牙设备未与其它设备蓝牙连接,则蓝牙设备接受该蓝牙配对请求,返回指示配对成功的响应消息给手机;或者,If the Bluetooth device is not connected to other devices via Bluetooth, the Bluetooth device accepts the Bluetooth pairing request and returns a response message indicating successful pairing to the mobile phone; or,
如果蓝牙设备未与其它设备蓝牙连接,蓝牙设备在收到同意该蓝牙配对请求的指令后,返回指示配对成功的响应消息给手机。例如,蓝牙设备收到蓝牙配对请求后,在显示界面上显示蓝牙配对请求弹窗,弹窗中包括该蓝牙配对请求方的相关信息(如手机的蓝牙名称),还包括用于同意蓝牙配对的功能控件、用于拒绝蓝牙配对的功能控件等,当手机接收到用户在该弹窗中针对用于同意蓝牙配对的功能控件的第二操作后,手机接受该蓝牙配对请求,返回指示配对成功的响应消息给手机。If the Bluetooth device is not connected to other devices by Bluetooth, the Bluetooth device returns a response message indicating that the pairing is successful to the mobile phone after receiving the instruction to agree to the Bluetooth pairing request. For example, after receiving the Bluetooth pairing request, the Bluetooth device displays a Bluetooth pairing request pop-up window on the display interface. The pop-up window includes the relevant information of the Bluetooth pairing requester (such as the Bluetooth name of the mobile phone), and also includes the information used to agree to the Bluetooth pairing. Function controls, function controls for rejecting Bluetooth pairing, etc. When the mobile phone receives the user's second operation on the function control for agreeing to Bluetooth pairing in the pop-up window, the mobile phone accepts the Bluetooth pairing request and returns a message indicating that the pairing is successful. Response message to the phone.
当手机与蓝牙设备建立物理连接之后,可以进行能力协商,查看蓝牙设备所支持的服务,例如,HFP、A2DP等;After the mobile phone establishes a physical connection with the Bluetooth device, it can negotiate capabilities and view the services supported by the Bluetooth device, such as HFP, A2DP, etc.;
S13、手机向蓝牙设备发送HFP服务发现请求;S13. The mobile phone sends an HFP service discovery request to the Bluetooth device;
在一些实施例中,手机也可以查询蓝牙设备所支持的服务,蓝牙设备根据查询请求,上报自己所支持的蓝牙服务。In some embodiments, the mobile phone can also query the services supported by the Bluetooth device, and the Bluetooth device reports the Bluetooth services supported by itself according to the query request.
S14、蓝牙设备向手机发送响应消息,上报蓝牙设备的角色(HP)。S14, the Bluetooth device sends a response message to the mobile phone, reporting the role (HP) of the Bluetooth device.
在通过上述步骤S11-S14过程后,手机和蓝牙设备协商角色成功,手机将作为网关设备,蓝牙设备将作为免提设备。当手机收到网络侧来电时,手机会将来电状态通知给蓝牙设备,用户可以通过蓝牙设备来控制接听、挂断或拒接该来电;另外,用户想要用手机拨打电话时,也可以通过蓝牙设备进行语音拨号。After the process of the above steps S11-S14, the mobile phone and the Bluetooth device successfully negotiate roles, the mobile phone will be used as a gateway device, and the Bluetooth device will be used as a hands-free device. When the mobile phone receives an incoming call from the network side, the mobile phone will notify the Bluetooth device of the status of the incoming call, and the user can control answering, hanging up or rejecting the incoming call through the Bluetooth device; Bluetooth device for voice dialing.
在一些实施例中,由于蓝牙设备通常可以保留上次或者上几次连接设备的MAC地址,当蓝牙设备接收用户打开蓝牙功能的操作或者靠近上次连接过的蓝牙设备的时候,可直接 与上次连接过的蓝牙设备蓝牙连接,双方的角色也可直接沿用之前协商的角色。In some embodiments, since the Bluetooth device can usually retain the MAC address of the last or last connected device, when the Bluetooth device receives the user's operation of turning on the Bluetooth function or gets close to the last connected Bluetooth device, it can directly communicate with the last connected device. When the connected Bluetooth device is connected via Bluetooth, the roles of both parties can also directly use the previously negotiated roles.
随着终端技术的不断发展,一些蓝牙设备可具备接入通信网络并为用户提供语音通话服务的功能。例如,在蓝牙设备上设置用户身份识别卡(subscriber identity module,SIM)卡或者嵌入式SIM卡(embedded-SIM,eSIM)。为了便于描述,以下将SIM卡和eSIM卡统称为电话卡。With the continuous development of terminal technology, some Bluetooth devices can have the function of accessing the communication network and providing users with voice call services. For example, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card or an embedded SIM card (embedded-SIM, eSIM) is set on the Bluetooth device. For the convenience of description, the SIM card and the eSIM card are collectively referred to as a phone card hereinafter.
具体的,蓝牙设备接入通信网络并为用户提供语音通话服务的功能的方式可以包括以下三种:Specifically, the ways for the Bluetooth device to access the communication network and provide the user with the function of voice call service can include the following three ways:
第1种、蓝牙设备的电话号码和手机的电话号码不同。1. The phone number of the Bluetooth device is different from the phone number of the mobile phone.
对于通信网络来说,当其向蓝牙设备和手机分别提供通话服务时,蓝牙设备和手机分别是两个不同的电话设备。For a communication network, when it provides a call service to a Bluetooth device and a mobile phone, the Bluetooth device and the mobile phone are two different telephone devices respectively.
当有手机的来电时,通信网络只向手机发送来电通知,此时如果手机和蓝牙设备配对成功且保持HFP连接,则蓝牙设备可以显示和控制手机的来电,如果没有配对成功或没有HFP连接,则蓝牙设备感知不到手机的来电。When there is an incoming call from the mobile phone, the communication network only sends the incoming call notification to the mobile phone. At this time, if the mobile phone and the Bluetooth device are successfully paired and the HFP connection is maintained, the Bluetooth device can display and control the incoming call of the mobile phone. If the pairing is not successful or there is no HFP connection, Then the Bluetooth device cannot sense the incoming call from the mobile phone.
当有蓝牙设备的来电时,通信网络只向蓝牙设备发送来电通知,而由于蓝牙设备是HF角色,所以手机感知不到蓝牙设备的来电,也不能控制蓝牙设备的来电。When there is an incoming call from a Bluetooth device, the communication network only sends an incoming call notification to the Bluetooth device. Since the Bluetooth device is in the HF role, the mobile phone cannot sense the incoming call from the Bluetooth device, nor can it control the incoming call from the Bluetooth device.
以手机与智能穿戴设备为例,智能穿戴设备具有独立的电话号码(支持插SIM卡或者支持独立eSIM)。在未连接蓝牙的情况下,智能穿戴设备可以作为独立设备发起和接收通话。第2种、蓝牙设备的电话号码和手机的电话号码相同。Taking a mobile phone and a smart wearable device as an example, the smart wearable device has an independent phone number (supports inserting a SIM card or supports an independent eSIM). Without Bluetooth connection, the smart wearable device can initiate and receive calls as a stand-alone device. 2. The phone number of the Bluetooth device is the same as the phone number of the mobile phone.
具体的,蓝牙设备安装有电话卡,但是该电话卡的电话号码和手机的电话号码是一样的,对于通信网络来说,当蓝牙设备和手机是同一个电话设备。当有该电话号码的来电时,手机和蓝牙设备均能收到来电并显示来电,用户可以选择任意一个设备接听或拒绝来电。Specifically, a Bluetooth device is equipped with a phone card, but the phone number of the phone card is the same as the phone number of the mobile phone. For the communication network, when the Bluetooth device and the mobile phone are the same phone device. When there is an incoming call from the phone number, both the mobile phone and the Bluetooth device can receive the incoming call and display the incoming call, and the user can choose any device to answer or reject the incoming call.
以手机与智能穿戴设备为例,智能穿戴设备与手机A开通一号双终端业务,即智能穿戴设备的esim中写入手机A的电话号码,当有来电呼入该电话号码,智能穿戴设备与手机A共同响应。在实际使用的过程中,用户可以使用手机B通过蓝牙与该智能穿戴设备连接。Taking a mobile phone and a smart wearable device as an example, the smart wearable device and mobile phone A have opened the No. 1 dual terminal service, that is, the phone number of mobile phone A is written in the esim of the smart wearable device. Mobile phone A responds together. In the actual use process, the user can use the mobile phone B to connect with the smart wearable device through Bluetooth.
第3种,蓝牙设备有两个电话卡,其中一个电话卡(卡1)的电话号码和手机的电话号码相同,另一个电话卡(卡2)的电话号码和手机的电话号码不同。The third type, the Bluetooth device has two calling cards, one of the calling cards (card 1) has the same phone number as the mobile phone, and the other calling card (card 2) has a different phone number from the phone.
如果有卡1的来电,则相当于上述第2种情况,即对于通信网络来说,蓝牙设备和手机是同一个电话设备,手机和蓝牙设备均能收到卡1的来电并显示该来电,用户可以选择任意一个设备接听或拒绝来电。If there is an incoming call from card 1, it is equivalent to the second case above, that is, for the communication network, the Bluetooth device and the mobile phone are the same telephone device, and both the mobile phone and the Bluetooth device can receive the incoming call from card 1 and display the incoming call, Users can choose any device to answer or reject incoming calls.
如果有卡2的来电,则相当于上述第1种情况,如果有卡1的来电,则相当于上述第2种情况,即对于通信网络来说,蓝牙设备和手机分别是两个不同的电话设备。对于卡2的来电,通信网络只向蓝牙设备发送来电通知,而由于蓝牙设备是HF角色,所以手机感知不到蓝牙设备的来电,也不能控制蓝牙设备的来电。If there is an incoming call from card 2, it is equivalent to the first case above, and if there is an incoming call from card 1, it is equivalent to the second case above, that is, for the communication network, the Bluetooth device and the mobile phone are two different phones. equipment. For the incoming call of card 2, the communication network only sends an incoming call notification to the Bluetooth device. Since the Bluetooth device is in the HF role, the mobile phone cannot sense the incoming call from the Bluetooth device, nor can it control the incoming call from the Bluetooth device.
针对上述第1种场景,以及第3种中智能手表使用卡2的电话服务的场景,在本文中将其称为蓝牙设备具有独立的蜂窝通信功能的场景,也即蓝牙设备的电话号码与手机的电话号码不同。For the first scenario above and the scenario in which the smart watch uses the phone service of card 2 in the third scenario, it is referred to in this article as the scenario where the Bluetooth device has an independent cellular communication function, that is, the phone number of the Bluetooth device is the same as that of the mobile phone. different phone numbers.
如上文所述,HFP协议规定,两个设备蓝牙配对成功后,双方所支持HFP的设备的角色是固定的,所以当手机收到来电时,用户可以选择在手机(AG)上接听,也可以选择在与手机蓝牙配对成功的蓝牙设备(HF)上接听,也就意味着当手机接收到来电时,可以通 蓝牙设备来控制,即HF设备可以控制AG设备,但是当HF设备也具有独立的蜂窝通信功能时,即HF设备的电话号码与手机的电话号码不同,虽然HF设备与AG设备之前是蓝牙连接,但是AG设备不会去控制HF设备的通话功能,当蓝牙设备收到来电时,基于HFP协议,就只能在蓝牙设备上接听。As mentioned above, the HFP protocol stipulates that after the Bluetooth pairing of two devices is successful, the role of the HFP device supported by both parties is fixed, so when the mobile phone receives an incoming call, the user can choose to answer it on the mobile phone (AG), or Choosing to answer on the Bluetooth device (HF) that is successfully paired with the mobile phone Bluetooth means that when the mobile phone receives an incoming call, it can be controlled by the Bluetooth device, that is, the HF device can control the AG device, but when the HF device also has an independent When the cellular communication function is used, that is, the phone number of the HF device is different from the phone number of the mobile phone. Although the HF device and the AG device were connected by Bluetooth before, the AG device will not control the call function of the HF device. When the Bluetooth device receives an incoming call, Based on the HFP protocol, it can only be answered on a Bluetooth device.
然而,在实际应用中,HF的硬件能力通常不如AG的,例如设备厂商通常会将手机设置为AG,而将可穿戴设备设置为HF,这将导致HF的麦克风(microphone,MIC)的录音效果和扬声器(speakers,SPK)的播放效果较差;另外,很多作为HF的蓝牙设备(如车载终端、智能手表等)的音频输出都是外放,所以在公众场合,还存在隐私问题。因此,用户在使用HF通话时,存在用户体验差的问题。However, in practical applications, the hardware capability of HF is usually not as good as that of AG. For example, equipment manufacturers usually set the mobile phone to AG and the wearable device to HF, which will lead to the recording effect of the HF microphone (microphone, MIC). And speakers (speakers, SPK) playback effect is poor; in addition, many HF Bluetooth devices (such as car terminals, smart watches, etc.) audio output is external, so there are privacy issues in public places. Therefore, when the user uses the HF call, there is a problem of poor user experience.
为了提高用户使用蓝牙设备进行通话的体验效果,本申请提供一种通话方法、装置及系统。本申请通过私有的蓝牙通信协议,如传统蓝牙技术的串口协议(serial port profile,SPP)或低功耗蓝牙(bluetooth low energy,BLE)通用属性配置协议(Generic Attribute Profile,GATT)等,实现蓝牙设备(HF)来电时,把蓝牙设备的来电和接听等功能转移到与蓝牙设备蓝牙配对成功的手机上,以使用户使用手机的MIC采集声音以及使用手机的SPK播放声音,实现在同样硬件成本下,提升用户的通话体验。应理解,本申请实施例主要针对蓝牙设备具有独立的蜂窝通信功能的场景(即蓝牙设备和手机不同号的场景)。In order to improve the experience effect of a user using a Bluetooth device to make a call, the present application provides a call method, device and system. This application implements Bluetooth through proprietary Bluetooth communication protocols, such as serial port profile (SPP) of traditional Bluetooth technology or Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) of Bluetooth low energy (BLE), etc. When the device (HF) calls, transfer the functions of the Bluetooth device such as incoming calls and answering to the mobile phone that is successfully paired with the Bluetooth device, so that the user can use the mobile phone's MIC to collect sound and use the mobile phone's SPK to play the sound, and achieve the same hardware cost. to improve the user's call experience. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are mainly aimed at a scenario in which a Bluetooth device has an independent cellular communication function (ie, a scenario in which the Bluetooth device and the mobile phone have different numbers).
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The implementation of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
如图2所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通话系统的结构示意图。通话系统包括蓝牙设备21、电子设备22以及网络设备23。蓝牙设备21和电子设备22可以采用蓝牙建立蓝牙连接。基于该蓝牙连接,蓝牙设备21和电子设备22之间可以实现短距离的数据交互。网络设备23与蓝牙设备21通过无线网络进行通信连接。As shown in FIG. 2 , it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. The call system includes a Bluetooth device 21 , an electronic device 22 and a network device 23 . The Bluetooth device 21 and the electronic device 22 can establish a Bluetooth connection using Bluetooth. Based on the Bluetooth connection, short-distance data interaction can be realized between the Bluetooth device 21 and the electronic device 22 . The network device 23 communicates with the Bluetooth device 21 through a wireless network.
应理解,通话系统实际包括的设备并不只限于图2所示的蓝牙设备21、电子设备22以及网络设备23,还可以包括更多的设备,例如来电发起端设备(如另一个连接到网络设备23的手机或手表)等。It should be understood that the devices actually included in the call system are not limited to the Bluetooth device 21, the electronic device 22 and the network device 23 shown in FIG. 23 mobile phone or watch) etc.
在一些实施例中,蓝牙设备21可以是智能手表或其他可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。In some embodiments, the Bluetooth device 21 may be a smart watch or other wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
以可穿戴设备为智能手表为例,如图3所示,为本申请一实施例提供的一种智能手表的结构示意图。智能手表可以包括:处理器301、存储器302、传感器303、至少一个扬声器304、至少一个麦克风305、电源306、蓝牙307、移动通信模块308以及显示屏309等。Taking the wearable device as a smart watch as an example, as shown in FIG. 3 , it is a schematic structural diagram of a smart watch according to an embodiment of the present application. The smart watch may include: a processor 301, a memory 302, a sensor 303, at least one speaker 304, at least one microphone 305, a power supply 306, Bluetooth 307, a mobile communication module 308, a display screen 309, and the like.
其中,存储器302可以用于存储应用程序代码,如使得智能手表与上述电子设备22进行配对的应用程序代码、智能手表将从网络侧的来电转移给上述电子设备22的应用程序代码等。处理器301可以执行上述应用程序代码,以实现本实施例中智能手表可具备的功能。例如,在移动通信模块308收到网络侧来电后,处理器301可以生成来电通知消息,并控制蓝牙307将该来电通知消息发送给电子设备22,实现将智能手表300的来电转移给 电子设备22的功能。The memory 302 may be used to store application codes, such as application codes for pairing the smart watch with the electronic device 22 , application codes for the smart watch to transfer incoming calls from the network side to the electronic device 22 , and the like. The processor 301 can execute the above-mentioned application code to realize the functions that the smart watch in this embodiment can have. For example, after the mobile communication module 308 receives an incoming call from the network side, the processor 301 can generate an incoming call notification message, and control the Bluetooth 307 to send the incoming call notification message to the electronic device 22 , so as to transfer the incoming call from the smart watch 300 to the electronic device 22 . function.
存储器302中还可以存储有用于唯一标识该智能手表的蓝牙地址。另外,该存储器302中还可以存储有与该智能手表之前成功配对过的电子设备的连接数据。例如,该连接数据可以是与该智能手表成功配对过的电子设备的蓝牙地址。基于该连接数据,该智能手表能够与该电子设备自动配对,而不必配置与其之间的连接,如进行合法性验证等。上述蓝牙地址可以为媒体访问控制(media access control,MAC)地址。The memory 302 may also store a Bluetooth address for uniquely identifying the smart watch. In addition, the memory 302 may also store connection data with the electronic device that has been successfully paired with the smart watch before. For example, the connection data may be the Bluetooth address of the electronic device successfully paired with the smart watch. Based on the connection data, the smart watch can be automatically paired with the electronic device without having to configure the connection therewith, such as legality verification. The above Bluetooth address may be a media access control (media access control, MAC) address.
传感器303可以为距离传感器或接近光传感器。智能手表的处理器301可以通过该传感器303确定是否被用户佩戴。例如,智能手表的处理器301可以利用接近光传感器来检测智能手表附近是否有物体,从而确定智能手表是否被用户佩戴。在确定智能手表被佩戴时,智能手表的处理器301可以打开扬声器304。在一些实施例中,该智能手表还可以包括骨传导传感器,结合成骨传导耳机。该骨传导传感器可以获取声部振动骨块的振动信号,处理器301解析出语音信号,实现语音信号对应的控制功能。在另一些实施例中,该智能手表还可以包括触摸传感器或压力传感器,分别用于检测用户的触摸操作和按压操作。在另一些实施例中,该智能手表还可以包括指纹传感器,用于检测用户指纹,识别用户身份等。在另一些实施例中,该智能手表还可以包括环境光传感器,智能手表的处理器301可以根据该环境光传感器感知的环境光的亮度,自适应调节一些参数,如音量大小。The sensor 303 may be a distance sensor or a proximity light sensor. The processor 301 of the smart watch can determine whether it is worn by the user through the sensor 303 . For example, the processor 301 of the smart watch can use the proximity light sensor to detect whether there is an object near the smart watch, so as to determine whether the smart watch is worn by the user. Upon determining that the smart watch is being worn, the processor 301 of the smart watch may turn on the speaker 304 . In some embodiments, the smart watch may also include a bone conduction sensor in combination with a bone conduction earphone. The bone conduction sensor can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the voice part, and the processor 301 parses the voice signal to realize the control function corresponding to the voice signal. In other embodiments, the smart watch may further include a touch sensor or a pressure sensor for detecting a user's touch operation and pressing operation, respectively. In other embodiments, the smart watch may further include a fingerprint sensor for detecting the user's fingerprint, identifying the user's identity, and the like. In other embodiments, the smart watch may further include an ambient light sensor, and the processor 301 of the smart watch may adaptively adjust some parameters, such as volume, according to the brightness of the ambient light sensed by the ambient light sensor.
扬声器304,可以用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号并播放。例如,当智能手表300作为单独的电话设备进行通话时,扬声器304可以将智能手表从网络侧收到的音频电信号转换为声音信号并播放。例如,当智能手表作为电子设备22的音频输出设备(即作为HF)时,扬声器304可以将从电子设备22接收到的音频电信号转换为声音信号并播放。The speaker 304 can be used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals and play them. For example, when the smart watch 300 performs a call as a separate telephone device, the speaker 304 can convert the audio electrical signal received by the smart watch from the network side into a sound signal and play it. For example, when the smart watch is used as the audio output device of the electronic device 22 (ie, as HF), the speaker 304 can convert the audio electrical signal received from the electronic device 22 into a sound signal and play it.
麦克风305,也可以称为“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为音频电信号。例如,当智能手表作为上述电子设备22的音频输入设备或者当智能设备作为单独的电话设备进行通话时,在用户说话(如通话或发语音消息)时,麦克风305可以采集用户的声音信号,并将其转换为音频电信号。应理解,音频电信号即为本申请实施例中的音频数据。The microphone 305, which may also be referred to as "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into audio electrical signals. For example, when the smart watch is used as the audio input device of the above-mentioned electronic device 22 or when the smart device is used as a separate telephone device to make a call, the microphone 305 can collect the user's voice signal when the user speaks (such as a call or a voice message), and Convert it to an audio electrical signal. It should be understood that the audio electrical signal is the audio data in this embodiment of the present application.
蓝牙307,用于与上述电子设备22建立蓝牙连接,使得蓝牙设备21与电子设备22进行短距离数据交互,例如通过蓝牙连接传输来电通知消息、音频数据等。The Bluetooth 307 is used to establish a Bluetooth connection with the above-mentioned electronic device 22, so that the Bluetooth device 21 and the electronic device 22 can perform short-distance data interaction, such as transmitting incoming call notification messages and audio data through the Bluetooth connection.
在本申请实施例中,蓝牙307可以同时支持多种蓝牙连接类型,例如HFP连接、BLE GATT连接、SPP连接等,这里不做限制。In this embodiment of the present application, the Bluetooth 307 can support multiple Bluetooth connection types at the same time, such as HFP connection, BLE GATT connection, SPP connection, etc., which is not limited here.
移动通信模块308可以提供应用在智能手表300上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块308可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块308的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器301的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 308 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the smart watch 300 . The mobile communication module 308 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 308 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 301 .
移动通信模块308还可以包括SIM卡接口,用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口,或从SIM卡接口拔出,实现和智能手表300的接触和分离。智能手表300通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在另一些实施例中,智能手表300也可以采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在智能手表300中,不能和智能手表300分离。The mobile communication module 308 may also include a SIM card interface for connecting a SIM card. The SIM card can be contacted and separated from the smart watch 300 by inserting into the SIM card interface or pulling out from the SIM card interface. The smart watch 300 interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication. In other embodiments, the smart watch 300 can also use an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the smart watch 300 and cannot be separated from the smart watch 300 .
智能手表300可以基于SIM卡或eSIM卡单独接入通信网络并为用户提供语音通话服务的功能,即在通信网络看来,智能手表300是单独的一个电话设备。The smart watch 300 can independently access the communication network based on the SIM card or eSIM card and provide the user with the function of voice call service, that is, in the view of the communication network, the smart watch 300 is a separate telephone device.
例如,智能手表300具有一张电话卡(可以SIM卡,也可以是eSIM卡),智能手表 300与其它设备蓝牙连接,如与手机蓝牙连接,则智能手表300的电话卡的电话号码与手机的电话卡的电话号码不同,在通信网络看来,智能手表300和手机分别是不同的电话设备。For example, the smart watch 300 has a calling card (either a SIM card or an eSIM card), and the smart watch 300 is connected to other devices via Bluetooth, such as a Bluetooth connection with a mobile phone, the phone number of the calling card of the smart watch 300 is the same as the phone number of the calling card of the mobile phone. The phone numbers are different. From the perspective of the communication network, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone are different phone devices.
例如,智能手表300具有多张电话卡,智能手表300与其它设备蓝牙连接,如与手机蓝牙连接,则智能手表300至少有一张电话卡的电话号码与手机的电话卡的电话号码不同,当智能手表300使用该至少有一张电话卡的电话服务功能时,在通信网络看来,智能手表300和手机分别是不同的电话设备。For example, if the smart watch 300 has multiple calling cards, and the smart watch 300 is connected to other devices via Bluetooth, such as a mobile phone via Bluetooth, the smart watch 300 has at least one phone card whose phone number is different from that of the phone. When the smart watch 300 uses When the phone service function of at least one phone card is provided, in the view of the communication network, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone are respectively different phone devices.
显示屏309用于显示图像,视频,拨号信息,或来电信息等。例如,智能手表300收到网络侧的来电后,显示屏309可以显示具体的来电信息(如电话号码、归属地等)。例如,智能手表300收到接听来电的指令后,在显示屏309上显示来电接通的界面等。The display screen 309 is used to display images, videos, dialing information, or incoming call information and the like. For example, after the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call from the network side, the display screen 309 can display specific incoming call information (such as phone number, home location, etc.). For example, after receiving the instruction to answer the incoming call, the smart watch 300 displays an interface for answering the incoming call on the display screen 309 and the like.
电源306,可以用于向智能手表包含的各个部件供电。在一些实施例中,该电源306可以是电池,如可充电电池。The power supply 306 can be used to supply power to various components included in the smart watch. In some embodiments, the power source 306 may be a battery, such as a rechargeable battery.
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的结构并不构成对智能手表300的具体限定。其可以具有比图3中所示出的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或更多的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。例如,该智能手表还包括指示灯(可以指示电量等状态)、防尘网(可以配合听筒使用)等部件。图3中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the smart watch 300 . It may have more or fewer components than shown in Figure 3, may combine two or more components, or may have a different configuration of components. For example, the smart watch also includes components such as an indicator light (which can indicate the status of electricity, etc.), a dust filter (which can be used with the earpiece) and other components. The various components shown in Figure 3 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including one or more signal processing or application specific integrated circuits.
可选的,蓝牙设备21还可以是以下设备中的任一种:蓝牙音箱,蓝牙手环,蓝牙车载,蓝牙眼镜,蓝牙耳机等,本申请实施例对蓝牙设备的具体形态不作限定。Optionally, the Bluetooth device 21 may also be any one of the following devices: a Bluetooth speaker, a Bluetooth bracelet, a Bluetooth vehicle, a Bluetooth glasses, a Bluetooth headset, etc. The specific form of the Bluetooth device is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,电子设备22可以是手机。In some embodiments, electronic device 22 may be a cell phone.
如图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种手机的结构示例图。手机400可以包括处理器410,外部存储器接口420,内部存储器421,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口430,充电管理模块440,电源管理模块441,电池442,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块450,无线通信模块460,音频模块470,扬声器470A,受话器470B,麦克风470C,耳机接口470D,传感器模块480,按键490,马达491,指示器492,摄像头493,显示屏494,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口495等。其中传感器模块480可以包括压力传感器480A,陀螺仪传感器480B,气压传感器480C,磁传感器480D,加速度传感器480E,距离传感器480F,接近光传感器480G,指纹传感器480H,温度传感器480J,触摸传感器480K,环境光传感器480L,骨传导传感器480M等。As shown in FIG. 4 , it is a structural example diagram of a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application. The mobile phone 400 may include a processor 410, an external memory interface 420, an internal memory 421, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 430, a charging management module 440, a power management module 441, a battery 442, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, Mobile communication module 450, wireless communication module 460, audio module 470, speaker 470A, receiver 470B, microphone 470C, headphone jack 470D, sensor module 480, buttons 490, motor 491, indicator 492, camera 493, display screen 494, and user Identity module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 495 and so on. The sensor module 480 may include a pressure sensor 480A, a gyroscope sensor 480B, an air pressure sensor 480C, a magnetic sensor 480D, an acceleration sensor 480E, a distance sensor 480F, a proximity light sensor 480G, a fingerprint sensor 480H, a temperature sensor 480J, a touch sensor 480K, and ambient light. Sensor 480L, Bone Conduction Sensor 480M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对手机400的具体限定。在本发明另一些实施例中,手机400可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention do not constitute a specific limitation on the mobile phone 400 . In other embodiments of the present invention, the mobile phone 400 may include more or less components than shown, or some components may be combined, or some components may be separated, or different component arrangements. The illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器410可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器410可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 410 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 410 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是手机400的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和 时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the mobile phone 400 . The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器410中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器410中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器410刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器410需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器410的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 410 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 410 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 410 . If the processor 410 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 410 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器410可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 410 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
处理器410可以控制执行应用程序代码,以实现本实施例中手机的功能。例如,在手机400通过蓝牙收到蓝牙设备21发送的来电通知消息(该消息用于指示蓝牙设备21从网络侧接收到的来电)后,响应于该来电通知消息,控制手机400的显示屏显示蓝牙设备21的来电信息;当收到用户输入的接听或拒接操作后,生成用于指示接听或拒接的指令,并控制蓝牙将该用于指示接听或拒接的指令发送给蓝牙设备21,以使蓝牙设备21基于该指令接通或拒绝网络侧的来电,进而实现用户通过手机控制蓝牙设备21的电话的效果。The processor 410 can control the execution of the application code to realize the functions of the mobile phone in this embodiment. For example, after the mobile phone 400 receives the incoming call notification message sent by the Bluetooth device 21 through Bluetooth (the message is used to indicate the incoming call received by the Bluetooth device 21 from the network side), in response to the incoming call notification message, the display screen of the mobile phone 400 is controlled to display Incoming call information of the Bluetooth device 21; after receiving the answering or rejecting operation input by the user, generate an instruction for indicating answering or rejecting, and control Bluetooth to send the instruction for indicating answering or rejecting to the Bluetooth device 21 , so that the Bluetooth device 21 connects or rejects the incoming call from the network side based on the instruction, thereby realizing the effect of the user controlling the phone of the Bluetooth device 21 through the mobile phone.
USB接口430是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口430可以用于连接充电器为手机400充电,也可以用于手机400与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 430 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 430 can be used to connect a charger to charge the mobile phone 400, and can also be used to transmit data between the mobile phone 400 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through the headphones. The interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对手机400的结构限定。在本发明另一些实施例中,手机400也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the mobile phone 400 . In other embodiments of the present invention, the mobile phone 400 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块440用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块440可以通过USB接口430接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块440可以通过手机400的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块440为电池442充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块441为电子设备供电。The charging management module 440 is used to receive charging input from the charger. The charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 440 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 430 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 440 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the mobile phone 400 . While the charging management module 440 charges the battery 442 , it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 441 .
电源管理模块441用于连接电池442,充电管理模块440与处理器410。电源管理模块441接收电池442和/或充电管理模块440的输入,为处理器410,内部存储器421,外部存储器,显示屏494,摄像头493,和无线通信模块460等供电。电源管理模块441还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块441也可以设置于处理器410中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块441和充电管理模块440也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 441 is used to connect the battery 442 , the charging management module 440 and the processor 410 . The power management module 441 receives input from the battery 442 and/or the charging management module 440, and supplies power to the processor 410, the internal memory 421, the external memory, the display screen 494, the camera 493, and the wireless communication module 460. The power management module 441 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 441 may also be provided in the processor 410 . In other embodiments, the power management module 441 and the charging management module 440 may also be provided in the same device.
手机400的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块450,无线通信模块460,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the mobile phone 400 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 450, the wireless communication module 460, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。手机400中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复 用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in handset 400 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna for WLAN. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块450可以提供应用在手机400上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块450可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块450可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块450还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块450的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器410中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块450的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器410的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 450 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G, etc. applied on the mobile phone 400 . The mobile communication module 450 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The mobile communication module 450 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 450 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 1 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 450 may be provided in the processor 410 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 450 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 410 .
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器470A,受话器470B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏494显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器410,与移动通信模块450或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to speaker 470A, receiver 470B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 494 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 410, and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 450 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块460可以提供应用在手机400上的包括蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块460可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块460经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器410。无线通信模块460还可以从处理器410接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 460 can provide applications on the mobile phone 400 including Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 460 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 460 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 410 . The wireless communication module 460 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 410 , perform frequency modulation on it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2 .
手机400通过GPU,显示屏494,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏494和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器410可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The mobile phone 400 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 494, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 494 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 410 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
显示屏494用于显示图像,视频等。例如,手机400收到蓝牙设备21的来电通知消息后,显示屏494显示蓝牙设备21的来电信息。例如,当手机400收到接听蓝牙设备21的来电的指令后,响应该指令,在显示屏494上显示蓝牙设备21的来电接通的界面。 Display screen 494 is used to display images, video, and the like. For example, after the mobile phone 400 receives the incoming call notification message of the Bluetooth device 21 , the display screen 494 displays the incoming call information of the Bluetooth device 21 . For example, when the mobile phone 400 receives the instruction of answering the incoming call of the Bluetooth device 21 , in response to the instruction, the display screen 494 displays an interface for connecting the incoming call of the Bluetooth device 21 .
显示屏494包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,手机400可以包括4个或N个显示屏494,N为大于4的正整数。 Display screen 494 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light). emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED) and so on. In some embodiments, cell phone 400 may include 4 or N display screens 494, where N is a positive integer greater than 4.
手机400可以通过ISP,摄像头493,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏494以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The mobile phone 400 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 493, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 494 and the application processor.
摄像头493用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体 (complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,手机400可以包括4个或N个摄像头493,N为大于4的正整数。 Camera 493 is used to capture still images or video. The object is projected through the lens to generate an optical image onto the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals. In some embodiments, the cell phone 400 may include 4 or N cameras 493 , where N is a positive integer greater than 4.
例如,当手机400所控制的蓝牙设备21的来电是视频电话时,手机400的处理器410在接通来电之后,可以控制摄像头493打开并采集视频图像。For example, when the incoming call from the Bluetooth device 21 controlled by the mobile phone 400 is a video call, the processor 410 of the mobile phone 400 can control the camera 493 to turn on and capture video images after the incoming call is connected.
外部存储器接口420可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展手机400的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口420与处理器410通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 420 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the mobile phone 400 . The external memory card communicates with the processor 410 through the external memory interface 420 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card.
内部存储器421可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器410通过运行存储在内部存储器421的指令,从而执行手机400的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器421可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储手机400使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器421可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。 Internal memory 421 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions. The processor 410 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone 400 by executing the instructions stored in the internal memory 421 . The internal memory 421 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. The storage program area can store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), and the like. The storage data area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the mobile phone 400 and the like. In addition, the internal memory 421 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
手机400可以通过音频模块470,扬声器470A,受话器470B,麦克风470C,耳机接口470D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。The mobile phone 400 can implement audio functions through an audio module 470, a speaker 470A, a receiver 470B, a microphone 470C, an earphone interface 470D, and an application processor.
音频模块470用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块470还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块470可以设置于处理器410中,或将音频模块470的部分功能模块设置于处理器410中。The audio module 470 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal. Audio module 470 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 470 may be provided in the processor 410 , or some functional modules of the audio module 470 may be provided in the processor 410 .
扬声器470A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。手机400可以通过扬声器470A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。例如,当手机400控制蓝牙设备21接通来电后,扬声器470A可以播放蓝牙设备21通过蓝牙传输来的语音数据。 Speaker 470A, also referred to as a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The mobile phone 400 can listen to music through the speaker 470A, or listen to a hands-free call. For example, after the mobile phone 400 controls the Bluetooth device 21 to connect to an incoming call, the speaker 470A can play the voice data transmitted by the Bluetooth device 21 through Bluetooth.
受话器470B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当手机400接听来电或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器470B靠近人耳接听语音。例如,当手机400接通蓝牙设备21的来电之后,受话器470B播放蓝牙设备21通过蓝牙传输的语音数据。The receiver 470B, also referred to as "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the mobile phone 400 answers an incoming call or a voice message, the voice can be answered by placing the receiver 470B close to the human ear. For example, after the mobile phone 400 answers an incoming call from the Bluetooth device 21, the receiver 470B plays the voice data transmitted by the Bluetooth device 21 through Bluetooth.
麦克风470C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风470C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风470C。手机400可以设置至少一个麦克风470C。在另一些实施例中,手机400可以设置两个麦克风470C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,手机400还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风470C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。例如,当手机400接通蓝牙设备21的来电后,麦克风470C可以进行录音。 Microphone 470C, also called "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 470C through the human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 470C. The mobile phone 400 may be provided with at least one microphone 470C. In other embodiments, the mobile phone 400 may be provided with two microphones 470C, which can implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the mobile phone 400 may further be provided with three, four or more microphones 470C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions. For example, when the mobile phone 400 is connected to an incoming call from the Bluetooth device 21, the microphone 470C can record.
耳机接口470D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口470D可以是USB接口430,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The headphone jack 470D is used to connect wired headphones. The earphone interface 470D can be a USB interface 430, or can be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
按键490包括开机键,音量键等。按键490可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。手机400可以接收按键输入,产生与手机400的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The keys 490 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 490 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key. The cell phone 400 can receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the cell phone 400 .
马达491可以产生振动提示。马达491可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏494不同区域的触摸操作,马达491也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。 Motor 491 can generate vibrating cues. The motor 491 can be used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations acting on different applications (such as taking pictures, playing audio, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 491 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations on different areas of the display screen 494 . Different application scenarios (for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器492可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 492 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, the change of power, and may also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
SIM卡接口495用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口495,或从SIM卡接口495拔出,实现和手机400的接触和分离。手机400可以支持4个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于4的正整数。SIM卡接口495可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口495可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口495也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口495也可以兼容外部存储卡。手机400通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,手机400采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在手机400中,不能和手机400分离。The SIM card interface 495 is used to connect a SIM card. The SIM card can be contacted and separated from the mobile phone 400 by being inserted into the SIM card interface 495 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 495 . The mobile phone 400 may support 4 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 4. The SIM card interface 495 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card and so on. The same SIM card interface 495 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 495 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 495 is also compatible with external memory cards. The mobile phone 400 interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the handset 400 employs an eSIM, ie: an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the mobile phone 400 and cannot be separated from the mobile phone 400 .
应理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对手机400的具体限定。在本发明另一些实施例中,手机400可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It should be understood that the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention do not constitute a specific limitation on the mobile phone 400 . In other embodiments of the present invention, the mobile phone 400 may include more or less components than shown, or some components may be combined, or some components may be separated, or different component arrangements. The illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
可选的,电子设备22还可以是以下设备中的任一种:平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、车载设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、智能家居设备、智能机器人等。只要是可以向用户提供语音通话服务且支持蓝牙连接功能的设备即可,本申请实施例不做限制。Optionally, the electronic device 22 can also be any one of the following devices: tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), vehicle-mounted device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device , Augmented reality (AR) devices, smart home devices, smart robots, etc. As long as it is a device that can provide a user with a voice call service and supports a Bluetooth connection function, there is no limitation in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的通话方法可以应用在图2所示的通信系统中,方法具体可以由蓝牙设备21中的处理器和电子设备22中的处理器交互来执行。下面,以蓝牙设备21为图3所示的智能手表300、电子设备22为图4所示的手机400为例,对本申请实施例提供的通话方法进行更详细的说明。The calling method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 , and the method can be specifically executed by the interaction between the processor in the Bluetooth device 21 and the processor in the electronic device 22 . Hereinafter, taking the Bluetooth device 21 as the smart watch 300 shown in FIG. 3 and the electronic device 22 as the mobile phone 400 shown in FIG. 4 as an example, the calling method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in more detail.
网络设备23,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备,接入网设备例如基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolved Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation,5G)新空口(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)或者下一代演进型基站(next generation evolved nodeB,ng-eNB)、en-gNB(enhanced next generation node B,gNB):增强的下一代基站;也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),或者还可以包括中继设备,本申请实施 例并不限定。The network device 23, for example, includes an access network (access network, AN) device, a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device, an access network device such as a base station (eg, an access point), which may refer to an access network A device that communicates with a wireless terminal device over the air interface through one or more cells. The base station may be used to convert received air frames to and from Internet Protocol (IP) packets and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, which may include the IP network. The network device can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolved Node B) in long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), Alternatively, it may also include the next generation node B (gNB) or the next generation evolved base station (next generation evolved base station) in the new radio (new radio, NR) system of the fifth generation mobile communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G). nodeB, ng-eNB), en-gNB (enhanced next generation node B, gNB): Enhanced next-generation base station; can also include a centralized unit (centralized unit in a cloud radio access network, Cloud RAN) system unit, CU) and distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), or may also include a relay device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
另外在本申请实施例中,网络设备还可以包括核心网设备,核心网设备例如包括对用户的信令和数据进行处理和转发的网络设备。在4G系统中,一种核心网设备例如为移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)。MME是第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)协议所定义的LTE系统的接入网络的关键控制节点,它负责空闲模式的终端设备的定位和传呼过程等,包括中继。简单地说,MME是负责信令处理部分的核心网设备。或者,在5G系统中,核心网设备例如包括接入管理网元、会话管理网元或用户面网关等核心网设备。用户面网关可以是具有对用户面数据进行移动性管理、路由、转发等功能的服务器,一般位于网络侧,如服务网关(serving gateway,SGW)或分组数据网络网关(packet data network gateway,PGW)或用户面网元功能实体(user plane function,UPF)。In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may further include a core network device, and the core network device includes, for example, a network device that processes and forwards the signaling and data of the user. In the 4G system, a core network device is, for example, a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME). MME is a key control node of the access network of the LTE system defined by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) protocol, and it is responsible for the positioning and paging process of terminal equipment in idle mode, including relay. Simply put, the MME is the core network equipment responsible for the signaling processing part. Alternatively, in the 5G system, the core network equipment includes, for example, core network equipment such as an access management network element, a session management network element, or a user plane gateway. The user plane gateway can be a server with functions such as mobility management, routing, and forwarding of user plane data, and is generally located on the network side, such as serving gateway (serving gateway, SGW) or packet data network gateway (packet data network gateway, PGW) Or user plane function entity (user plane function, UPF).
应理解,本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合,例如a、b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,或b,或c,或a和b,或b和c,或a和c,或a和b和c。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or", which describes the relationship of the associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, it can indicate that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following items" or similar expressions, refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s), such as at least one of a, b or c (a), can mean: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or b and c, or a and c, or a and b and c.
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一优先级准则和第二优先级准则,只是为了区分不同的准则,而并不是表示这两种准则的内容、优先级或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless stated to the contrary, the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, sequence, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance. For example, the first priority criterion and the second priority criterion are only for distinguishing different criteria, and do not indicate the difference in content, priority, or importance of the two criteria.
如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通话方法的流程图,该方法可以应用于图2所示的通话系统,其中蓝牙设备21以图3中的智能手表300为例,电子设备22以图4中的手机400为例。方法包括:As shown in FIG. 5 , a flowchart of a method for calling according to an embodiment of the present application is provided, and the method can be applied to the calling system shown in FIG. 2 , wherein the Bluetooth device 21 takes the smart watch 300 in FIG. The device 22 is exemplified by the mobile phone 400 in FIG. 4 . Methods include:
S501、智能手表300与手机400建立蓝牙连接。S501 , the smart watch 300 establishes a Bluetooth connection with the mobile phone 400 .
具体的,智能手表300向手机400发起蓝牙配对请求,手机400接受该蓝牙配对请求,并返回指示配对成功的响应消息给智能手表300后,智能手表300中的蓝牙部件(如图3中的蓝牙模块或者蓝牙芯片307)和手机400中的蓝牙部件(如图4中的无线通信模块406中的BT)配对成功;或者,手机400向智能手表300发起蓝牙配对请求,智能手表300接受该蓝牙配对请求,并返回指示配对成功的响应消息给手机400,智能手表300中的蓝牙部件和手机400中的蓝牙部件配对成功。智能手表300和手机400蓝牙配对成功后,智能手表300的蓝牙部件与手机400的蓝牙部件可以基于进行短距离数据交互,即智能手表300与手机400蓝牙连接建立成功。Specifically, the smart watch 300 initiates a Bluetooth pairing request to the mobile phone 400, and the mobile phone 400 accepts the Bluetooth pairing request and returns a response message indicating successful pairing to the smart watch 300. Module or Bluetooth chip 307) and the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400 (BT in the wireless communication module 406 in FIG. 4) are paired successfully; or, the mobile phone 400 initiates a Bluetooth pairing request to the smart watch 300, and the smart watch 300 accepts the Bluetooth pairing request, and return a response message indicating that the pairing is successful to the mobile phone 400, and the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300 and the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400 are successfully paired. After the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 are successfully paired by Bluetooth, the Bluetooth component of the smart watch 300 and the Bluetooth component of the mobile phone 400 can perform short-distance data interaction, that is, the Bluetooth connection between the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 is successfully established.
在一些实施例中,智能手表300中可以产生二维码信息,可以是出厂预制的,该二维码信息包括智能手表300的蓝牙配对消息,智能手机400可以通过扫描的方式进行蓝牙连接。In some embodiments, two-dimensional code information may be generated in the smart watch 300, which may be prefabricated at the factory. The two-dimensional code information includes the Bluetooth pairing information of the smart watch 300, and the smart phone 400 can perform Bluetooth connection by scanning.
在智能手表300和手机400蓝牙配对成功后,智能手表300和手机400还建立HFP链路,并协商智能手表300为免提设备,手机400为网关设备,HFP链路在智能手表300与手机400的蓝牙连接周期内会一直保持连通。这样,当手机400来电时,智能手表300也 能够控制手机400的电话,如接听、挂断、拒接该来电,以及、语音拨号等。After the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 are successfully paired via Bluetooth, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 also establish an HFP link, and negotiate that the smart watch 300 is a hands-free device, the mobile phone 400 is a gateway device, and the HFP link is between the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 will remain connected for the duration of the Bluetooth connection. In this way, when the mobile phone 400 calls, the smart watch 300 can also control the phone call of the mobile phone 400, such as answering, hanging up, rejecting the incoming call, and voice dialing.
例如,当手机400接收到来电之后,手机400可以基于HFP链路将来电信息通知给智能手表300,实现将来电转移到智能手表300上,智能手表300将执行针对手机400的来电的提醒,用户可以选择在智能手表300上接听来电,如智能手表300接收到接听操作,则智能手表300控制手机400接通来电,手机400基于HFP协议与智能手表300建立SCO链路,并基于SCO链路相互传输语音数据。手机400可以将来电发起端的语音数据通过SCO链路发送给智能手表,由智能手表300输出,智能手表300还可采集周围环境中的语音生成来电接受端的语音数据,并将来电接受端的语音数据通过SCO链路发送给手机400,然后手机400将来电接受端的语音数据通过网络设备传输给来电发起端。For example, after the mobile phone 400 receives an incoming call, the mobile phone 400 can notify the smart watch 300 of the incoming call information based on the HFP link, so as to transfer the incoming call to the smart watch 300, and the smart watch 300 will perform a reminder for the incoming call of the mobile phone 400, and the user You can choose to answer the incoming call on the smart watch 300. If the smart watch 300 receives the answering operation, the smart watch 300 controls the mobile phone 400 to answer the incoming call. The mobile phone 400 establishes a SCO link with the smart watch 300 based on the HFP protocol, and communicates with each other based on the SCO link. Transmit voice data. The mobile phone 400 can send the voice data of the call originator to the smart watch through the SCO link, which is output by the smart watch 300. The smart watch 300 can also collect the voice in the surrounding environment to generate the voice data of the call receiver, and pass the voice data of the call receiver through the smart watch 300. The SCO link is sent to the mobile phone 400, and then the mobile phone 400 transmits the voice data of the incoming call receiving end to the incoming call originating end through the network device.
当然,用户也可以选择在手机400上接听来电,如手机400接收到接听操作,则手机400接通来电,来电发起端的语音数据由手机400输出,手机400采集周围环境中的语音生成来电接受端的语音数据,并将来电接受端的语音数据通过网络设备传输给来电发起端。Of course, the user can also choose to answer the incoming call on the mobile phone 400. If the mobile phone 400 receives the answering operation, the mobile phone 400 answers the incoming call, the voice data of the call originating end is output by the mobile phone 400, and the mobile phone 400 collects the voice in the surrounding environment to generate the voice data of the incoming call receiving end. voice data, and transmit the voice data of the incoming call receiving end to the incoming call originating end through the network device.
在智能手表300和手机400蓝牙配对成功后,智能手表300和手机400还基于私有的蓝牙通信协议建立私有的数据通信链路。应理解,该数据通信链路为双向链路,即手机400可以基于该链路向智能手表300发数据,智能手表300也可以基于该链路向手机400发数据。且该数据通信链路在智能手表300与手机400的蓝牙连接周期内会一直保持连通。After the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 are successfully paired by Bluetooth, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 also establish a private data communication link based on the private Bluetooth communication protocol. It should be understood that the data communication link is a bidirectional link, that is, the mobile phone 400 can send data to the smart watch 300 based on the link, and the smart watch 300 can also send data to the mobile phone 400 based on the link. In addition, the data communication link will remain connected during the Bluetooth connection period between the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 .
示例性的,在智能手表300和手机400蓝牙配对成功后,智能手表300中的蓝牙部件和手机400中的蓝牙部件之间建立SPP链路,该SPP链路可以用来传输基于SPP协议的蓝牙通信数据,即传输以SPP协议格式封装的报文。Exemplarily, after the Bluetooth pairing of the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 is successful, an SPP link is established between the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300 and the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400, and the SPP link can be used to transmit the Bluetooth based on the SPP protocol. Communication data, that is, the transmission of packets encapsulated in the SPP protocol format.
示例性的,在智能手表300和手机400蓝牙配对成功后,在通过步骤S3与所述目标蓝牙设备成功地进行绑定之后,智能手表300中的蓝牙部件和手机400中的蓝牙部件之间建立BLE GATT链路,该BLE GATT链路可以用来传输基于BLE GATT协议的蓝牙通信数据,即传输以BLE GATT协议格式封装的报文。Exemplarily, after the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 are successfully paired with Bluetooth, and after successfully binding with the target Bluetooth device through step S3, the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300 and the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400 are established. The BLE GATT link can be used to transmit Bluetooth communication data based on the BLE GATT protocol, that is, to transmit messages encapsulated in the BLE GATT protocol format.
应理解,上述SPP链路和BLE GATT链路仅为两种可能的示例而非限定,在具体实施时,只要是支持双向通信的数据通信链路均可应用于本申请。It should be understood that the above-mentioned SPP link and BLE GATT link are only two possible examples and are not limited. During specific implementation, any data communication link that supports bidirectional communication can be applied to the present application.
在本申请实施例中,智能手表300具备单独接入通信网络并为用户提供语音通话服务的功能。例如,智能手表300上可以单独设置电话卡(可以是SIM卡或者eSIM卡),且该电话卡的电话号码与手机400的上的电话卡的电话号码不同,智能手表300通过该电话卡可以单独接入移动通信网络,并独自从移动通信网络基于该电话卡接收来电,为用户提供语音通话服务。In the embodiment of the present application, the smart watch 300 has the function of independently accessing the communication network and providing the user with a voice call service. For example, a phone card (which can be a SIM card or an eSIM card) can be set on the smart watch 300 separately, and the phone number of the phone card is different from the phone number of the phone card on the mobile phone 400, and the smart watch 300 can access the mobile communication independently through the phone card network, and independently receive incoming calls from the mobile communication network based on the calling card to provide users with voice calling services.
S502、智能手表300从网络设备23接收来电。S502 , the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call from the network device 23 .
应理解,这里的来电是智能手表300作为一个单独的电话设备时从网络设备23接收到的来电,该来电的来电接受端的电话号码与手机400的电话号码不同。It should be understood that the incoming call here is an incoming call received from the network device 23 when the smart watch 300 is used as a separate telephone device, and the phone number of the incoming call receiver of the incoming call is different from that of the mobile phone 400 .
本申请实施例中,智能穿戴设备具有独立的电话号码(支持插SIM卡或者支持独立eSIM),智能穿戴设备可以作为独立设备发起和接收通话。In the embodiment of the present application, the smart wearable device has an independent phone number (supports inserting a SIM card or supports an independent eSIM), and the smart wearable device can initiate and receive calls as an independent device.
S503、智能手表300确定自身与手机400已建立蓝牙连接,则生成来电通知消息。S503. The smart watch 300 determines that it has established a Bluetooth connection with the mobile phone 400, and generates an incoming call notification message.
来电通知消息的格式与前述S501中建立的私有的数据通信链路相匹配。The format of the incoming call notification message matches the private data communication link established in the aforementioned S501.
例如,智能手表300和手机400通过SPP链路连接,则来电通知消息的具体格式是SPP报文的格式。来电通知消息所携带的信息内容例如可以是表1所示的内容。For example, if the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 are connected through the SPP link, the specific format of the incoming call notification message is the format of the SPP message. The information content carried by the incoming call notification message may be, for example, the content shown in Table 1.
表1来电通知消息Table 1 Incoming call notification messages
TransIDTransID 消息IDmessage id 来电姓名caller name 来电号码caller number CRCCRC
其中,TransID为来电通知消息对应的传输包的标识,表示从一个端点传输到另外一个端点的ID说明。不同的发送端和接收端,对应的TransID不同。Among them, TransID is the identification of the transmission packet corresponding to the incoming call notification message, indicating the ID description of the transmission from one endpoint to another endpoint. Different senders and receivers have different TransIDs.
消息ID为消息的标识,同一发送端和接收端传输的不同消息对应的消息ID可以不同。The message ID is the identifier of the message, and the message IDs corresponding to different messages transmitted by the same sender and receiver may be different.
应理解,表1中所例举的内容仅为来电通知消息内容的示例而非限定,实际还可以包括更多的内容,比如来电姓名、号码归属地信息、运营商信息等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。It should be understood that the content exemplified in Table 1 is only an example of the content of the incoming call notification message, but not a limitation, and may actually include more content, such as the caller's name, number attribution information, operator information, etc., the embodiment of the present application. There is no restriction on this.
可选的,智能手表300接收到来电后,会显示第一来电界面,第一来电界面上可以显示来电信息、功能图标或控件等。Optionally, after receiving an incoming call, the smart watch 300 will display a first incoming call interface, and the first incoming call interface may display incoming call information, function icons or controls, and the like.
示例性的,如图6A所示,第一来电界面可以显示包括来电号码(“186……5212”)、号码属地(山东青岛)、运营商(中国移动)等来电发起端的来电信息,还可以包括短信、提醒、拒接和接听等图标或控件)。通过对这些图标或控件进行操作可以触发智能手表300执行相应的功能,例如智能手表300的显示屏接收到针对“接听”图标的单击操作,则智能手表300的显示屏将该操作上报给智能手表300的处理器,智能手表300的处理器可以控制接通来电并控制显示屏的显示界面从第一来电界面切换至通话中界面,使得智能手表300处于语音通话的状态。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 6A , the first incoming call interface may display incoming call information including the incoming call number ("186...5212"), the number origin (Shandong Qingdao), the operator (China Mobile), etc. Including icons or controls such as SMS, Reminder, Reject, and Answer). By operating these icons or controls, the smart watch 300 can be triggered to perform corresponding functions. For example, the display screen of the smart watch 300 receives a click operation for the "answer" icon, and the display screen of the smart watch 300 reports the operation to the smart watch. The processor of the watch 300 and the processor of the smart watch 300 can control the incoming call and control the display interface of the display screen to switch from the first incoming call interface to the in-call interface, so that the smart watch 300 is in a voice call state.
S504、智能手表300将来电通知消息通过蓝牙连接发送给手机400,手机400通过蓝牙连接接收该来电通知消息。S504 , the smart watch 300 sends the incoming call notification message to the mobile phone 400 through the Bluetooth connection, and the mobile phone 400 receives the incoming call notification message through the Bluetooth connection.
具体的,智能手表300在生成上述来电通知消息后,将来电通知消息先传递给智能手表300中的蓝牙部件,智能手表300中的蓝牙部件将来电通知消息通过前述的私有数据通信链路发送给手机400。手机400中的蓝牙部件接收该来电通知消息,并传递给手机400中的处理器。Specifically, after the smart watch 300 generates the above-mentioned incoming call notification message, it first transmits the incoming call notification message to the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300, and the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300 sends the incoming call notification message through the aforementioned private data communication link to the Phone 400. The Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400 receives the incoming call notification message and transmits it to the processor in the mobile phone 400 .
示例性的,智能手表300和手机400建立私有数据通信链路可以为SPP链路,智能手表300中的蓝牙部件可以通过SPP链路将来电通知消息传输给手机400中的蓝牙部件。Exemplarily, the private data communication link established by the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 may be an SPP link, and the Bluetooth component in the smart watch 300 may transmit the incoming call notification message to the Bluetooth component in the mobile phone 400 through the SPP link.
S505、手机400响应于来电通知消息,执行来电提醒。S505 , the mobile phone 400 performs an incoming call reminder in response to the incoming call notification message.
示例性的,如果智能手表300和手机400建立的私有数据通信链路为SPP链路,手机400的处理器可以根据SPP协议的格式对来电通知消息进行解析,获得来电通知消息中的具体内容,以确定手表300收到来电,然后根据来电通知消息中的具体内容执行来电提醒。Exemplarily, if the private data communication link established by the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 is an SPP link, the processor of the mobile phone 400 can parse the incoming call notification message according to the format of the SPP protocol to obtain the specific content of the incoming call notification message, It is determined that the watch 300 has received an incoming call, and then an incoming call reminder is executed according to the specific content in the incoming call notification message.
可选的,手机400执行来电提醒可以包括:在手机400的显示屏上显示第二来电界面。Optionally, performing the incoming call reminder on the mobile phone 400 may include: displaying a second incoming call interface on the display screen of the mobile phone 400 .
第二来电界面可以包括来电信息和功能图标。如图6B所示,第二来电界面包括来电号码、号码属地信息、运营商信息等来电信息,另外还可以包括短信图标、提醒图标、拒接图标和接听图标等功能图标。针对这些功能图标进行操作可以触发手机400控制智能手表300执行相应的功能,以实现通过手机400对智能手表300进行遥控的效果。The second incoming call interface may include incoming call information and function icons. As shown in FIG. 6B , the second call interface includes caller information such as caller number, number location information, and operator information, and may also include function icons such as a short message icon, a reminder icon, a reject icon, and an answer icon. Operations on these function icons can trigger the mobile phone 400 to control the smart watch 300 to perform corresponding functions, so as to realize the effect of remotely controlling the smart watch 300 through the mobile phone 400 .
可选的,为了将手机400自身的来电和智能手表300的来电进行区分,第二来电界面还可以显示一提示信息,以提示当前来电是智能手表300的来电。例如,参见图6B中所示,第二来电界面上还可以包括“手表来电”的文字标识信息;或者,参见图6C中所示,第二来电界面上还可以包括一个“手表”的图标,用于指示当前来电是智能手表300的来电。当然,图6B和图6C仅为该提示信息的两种可能的示例而非限定,实际不限于此。Optionally, in order to distinguish the incoming call from the mobile phone 400 itself and the incoming call from the smart watch 300 , the second incoming call interface may also display a prompt message to prompt that the current incoming call is the incoming call from the smart watch 300 . For example, as shown in FIG. 6B , the second incoming call interface may further include the text identification information of “watch call”; or, as shown in FIG. 6C , the second incoming call interface may further include an icon of “watch”, It is used to indicate that the current incoming call is an incoming call from the smart watch 300 . Of course, FIG. 6B and FIG. 6C are only two possible examples of the prompt information, but are not limited, and are not actually limited thereto.
可选的,手机400执行来电提醒还可以包括振动、响铃或指示灯亮等提示方式,具体 如下几种示例。Optionally, when the mobile phone 400 performs an incoming call reminder, it may also include reminder methods such as vibration, ringing, or indicator light, and the specific examples are as follows.
示例性1,手机400的处理器控制马达491进行振动,用于来电振动提示。Example 1, the processor of the mobile phone 400 controls the motor 491 to vibrate, which is used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls.
可选的,为了将手机400自身的来电和智能手表300的来电进行区分,在手机400自身来电时和在智能手表300来电时,手机400的处理器可以控制马达分别以不同的频率进行振动。Optionally, in order to distinguish an incoming call from the mobile phone 400 itself and an incoming call from the smart watch 300 , the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the motor to vibrate at different frequencies when the mobile phone 400 itself and the smart watch 300 receive an incoming call.
示例性2,手机400的处理器控制手机400的扬声器470A播放来电铃声。Example 2, the processor of the mobile phone 400 controls the speaker 470A of the mobile phone 400 to play the ringtone of the incoming call.
可选的,为了将手机400自身的来电和智能手表300的来电进行区分,在手机400自身来电时和在智能手表300来电时,手机400的处理器可以控制手机400的扬声器470A分别播放不同的来电铃声。Optionally, in order to distinguish the incoming call of the mobile phone 400 itself from the incoming call of the smart watch 300, when the mobile phone 400 itself calls and when the smart watch 300 calls, the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the speaker 470A of the mobile phone 400 to play different sounds respectively. B.
示例性3,手机400的处理器控制手机400的指示灯亮。Example 3, the processor of the mobile phone 400 controls the indicator light of the mobile phone 400 to turn on.
可选的,为了将手机400自身的来电和智能手表300的来电进行区分,在手机400自身来电时和在智能手表300来电时,手机400的处理器可以分别控制不同的指示灯亮、或者手机400的处理器可以控制指示灯分别显示不同的颜色、或者手机400的处理器可以控制指示灯以不同的频率闪烁。Optionally, in order to distinguish the incoming call of the mobile phone 400 itself from the incoming call of the smart watch 300, when the mobile phone 400 itself calls and when the smart watch 300 calls, the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control different indicator lights to turn on, or the mobile phone 400 to turn on. The processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the indicator lights to display different colors respectively, or the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the indicator lights to flash at different frequencies.
例如,手机400的处理器可以控制指示灯在手机400自身来电时显示绿色,在智能手表300来电时显示黄色。For example, the processor of the mobile phone 400 can control the indicator light to display green when the mobile phone 400 calls itself, and to display yellow when the smart watch 300 calls.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,手机400和智能手表300均可以执行来电提醒,或者仅手机400执行来电提醒,本申请不做限制。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, both the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 can perform an incoming call alert, or only the mobile phone 400 can perform an incoming call alert, which is not limited in this application.
在手机400和智能手表300均执行来电提醒的情况下,本申请对手机400和智能手表300均执行来电提醒的先后顺序不做限制。In the case where both the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 perform the incoming call reminder, the present application does not limit the order in which the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 both perform the incoming call reminder.
比如,智能手表300在收到来电后立即执行来电提醒,与此同时,生成来电通知消息并向手机400发送该来电通知消息,手机400收到来电通知消息后执行来电提醒,在这种情况下,智能手表300可以先于手机400执行来电提醒。For example, the smart watch 300 performs an incoming call notification immediately after receiving an incoming call, and at the same time, generates an incoming call notification message and sends the incoming call notification message to the mobile phone 400, and the mobile phone 400 performs the incoming call notification after receiving the incoming call notification message. In this case , the smart watch 300 can perform an incoming call reminder before the mobile phone 400 .
进一步的,当手机400收到来电通知消息开始执行来电提醒时,智能手表300可以继续进行执行来电提醒,比如继续显示第一来电界面,也可以停止执行来电提醒,比如切换显示状态,例如图6D所示,智能手表300从显示第二来电界面切换至灭屏。Further, when the mobile phone 400 receives the call notification message and starts to perform the call notification, the smart watch 300 can continue to perform the call notification, such as continuing to display the first call interface, or stop performing the call notification, such as switching the display state, such as FIG. 6D . As shown, the smart watch 300 switches from displaying the second incoming call interface to turning off the screen.
可选的,智能手表300可以对来电被转移到手机400后是否继续执行来电提醒进行设置。Optionally, the smart watch 300 can set whether to continue to perform an incoming call reminder after the incoming call is transferred to the mobile phone 400 .
示例性的,参见图6E所示,可以在智能手表300的“设置”程序中选择来电提醒的设置菜单,然后在来电提醒的设置菜单中对“来电转移后继续提示”的功能执行开启或关闭操作。如果智能手表300在设置菜单显示界面上接收到开启“来电转移后继续提示”的功能的操作,智能手表300则开启“来电转移后继续提示”的功能,当手机400在执行来电提醒时,智能手表300将继续执行来电提醒。如果智能手表300在设置菜单显示界面上接收到关闭“来电转移后继续提示”的功能的操作,智能手表300则关闭“来电转移后继续提示”的功能,当手机400在执行来电提醒时,智能手表300将停止来电提醒。智能手表300在出厂设置时,“来电转移后继续提示”功能可默认为开启或关闭。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 6E , the setting menu of the incoming call reminder can be selected in the “settings” program of the smart watch 300, and then the function of “continue reminder after incoming call forwarding” can be turned on or off in the setting menu of the incoming call reminder. operate. If the smart watch 300 receives the operation of enabling the function of "continue prompting after incoming call forwarding" on the setting menu display interface, the smart watch 300 enables the function of "continuing prompting after incoming call transfer". The watch 300 will continue to perform incoming call reminder. If the smart watch 300 receives an operation to turn off the function of "continue prompting after incoming call forwarding" on the setting menu display interface, the smart watch 300 turns off the function of "continue prompting after incoming call transfer". The watch 300 will stop calling reminders. When the smart watch 300 is factory-set, the "continue prompt after incoming call transfer" function can be enabled or disabled by default.
在一些实施例中,手机400中安装与第一应用程序,例如“华为运动健康”,应用程序可以包括第一界面,所述界面中包括手机400配对过的智能穿戴设备,例如智能手表300,当接收用户针对智能手表300的操作,还可以显示第二界面,所述第二界面包括针对所述智能手表300的设置选项,例如“来电转移后继续提示”选项,当接收用户针对该选项的 操作,当手机400在执行来电提醒时,智能手表300将继续执行来电提醒;该界面还可以包括“来电通知消息推送”选项,即当智能手表300接收到来电时,可以将来电提醒同步推到手机侧。In some embodiments, the mobile phone 400 is installed with a first application, such as "Huawei Sports Health", the application may include a first interface, and the interface includes a smart wearable device paired with the mobile phone 400, such as the smart watch 300, When receiving the user's operation on the smart watch 300, a second interface may also be displayed, and the second interface includes setting options for the smart watch 300, such as the option of "continue prompting after incoming call transfer". operation, when the mobile phone 400 is performing the incoming call alert, the smart watch 300 will continue to perform the incoming call alert; the interface may also include the option of “call notification message push”, that is, when the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call, it can push the incoming call alert synchronously to phone side.
以上介绍了智能手表300如何将来电转移给手机400,下面介绍手机400如何控制智能手表300的来电。The above describes how the smart watch 300 transfers incoming calls to the mobile phone 400 , and the following describes how the mobile phone 400 controls the incoming calls of the smart watch 300 .
具体的,在上述步骤S505之后,手机400还可以响应于接收到的操作,控制智能手表300接听电话、挂断电话或者拒接来电等。Specifically, after the above step S505, the mobile phone 400 can also control the smart watch 300 to answer the call, hang up the call, or reject the incoming call in response to the received operation.
以下对接听电话、挂断电话以及拒接来电的方法分别进行详细说明。The methods for answering a call, hanging up a call, and rejecting an incoming call are described in detail below.
一、接听电话1. Answer the phone
参见图7,在上述步骤S505之后,还包括:Referring to FIG. 7, after the above step S505, it further includes:
S506A、手机400接收接听操作。S506A, the mobile phone 400 receives the answering operation.
示例性的,参见图8A,为手机400显示第二来电界面的示意图。第二来电界面包括接听图标,当手机400的触摸传感器或压力传感器将检测到针对该接听图标的操作后,生成触摸事件上报给手机400的处理器,手机400的处理器收到触摸事件后,响应于该触摸事件生成接听指令。Illustratively, referring to FIG. 8A , it is a schematic diagram of displaying a second incoming call interface for the mobile phone 400 . The second incoming call interface includes an answering icon. When the touch sensor or pressure sensor of the mobile phone 400 detects the operation on the answering icon, a touch event is generated and reported to the processor of the mobile phone 400. After the processor of the mobile phone 400 receives the touch event, An answering instruction is generated in response to the touch event.
应理解,本申请对接听操作的具体实现方式不做具体限制,图8A所示的接听操作(触摸接听图标)仅为示例而非限定,实际还可以有其它方式。例如,接听操作还是手机300被摇晃、手机300的电源键被摁触、接收语音指令等。It should be understood that the present application does not specifically limit the specific implementation manner of the answering operation. The answering operation (touching the answering icon) shown in FIG. 8A is only an example and not a limitation, and other methods may actually be used. For example, the answering operation is still when the mobile phone 300 is shaken, the power button of the mobile phone 300 is pressed, or a voice command is received.
可选的,接听指令的具体格式是SPP报文或HFP报文等,这里不做限制。Optionally, the specific format of the answering instruction is an SPP message or an HFP message, etc., which is not limited here.
S507A、手机400将接听指令通过蓝牙发送给智能手表300,智能手表300接收该接听指令。S507A, the mobile phone 400 sends the answering instruction to the smart watch 300 through Bluetooth, and the smart watch 300 receives the answering instruction.
具体的,手机400的处理器将接听指令传递给手机400的蓝牙模块,手机400的蓝牙模块可以基于SPP链路或BLE GATT链路或HFP链路等将接听指令发送给智能手表300的蓝牙模块,智能手表300的蓝牙模块将该接听指令传递给智能手表300的处理器。Specifically, the processor of the mobile phone 400 transmits the answering instruction to the Bluetooth module of the mobile phone 400, and the Bluetooth module of the mobile phone 400 can send the answering instruction to the Bluetooth module of the smart watch 300 based on the SPP link, BLE GATT link or HFP link, etc. , the Bluetooth module of the smart watch 300 transmits the answering instruction to the processor of the smart watch 300 .
S508A、智能手表300接通与来电发起端电话。S508A, the smart watch 300 is connected to the call originator.
S509A、手机400和智能手表300建立SCO流。S509A, mobile phone 400 and smart watch 300 establish SCO flow.
应理解,手机400和智能手表300建立SCO流,也可以说成,手机400和智能手表300建立SCO连接。It should be understood that the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 establish a SCO flow, and it can also be said that the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 establish a SCO connection.
基于HFP协议,SCO流应当由AG设备(即手机400)建立。相应的,步骤S509A的具体实现过程可以包括:手机400向智能手表300发起建立SCO流的请求,手机400在收到智能手表发送的“OK”响应后,打开相应设置的同步连接,完成SCO流的建立。Based on the HFP protocol, the SCO flow should be established by the AG device (ie the handset 400). Correspondingly, the specific implementation process of step S509A may include: the mobile phone 400 initiates a request to the smart watch 300 to establish a SCO stream, and after receiving the "OK" response sent by the smart watch, the mobile phone 400 opens a correspondingly set synchronous connection to complete the SCO stream. establishment.
S510A、手机400和智能手表300之间基于SCO流相互传递语音数据,智能手表300与网络设备23之间相互传递语音数据,实现通过手机400控制智能手表300的通话。The S510A, the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 transmit voice data to each other based on the SCO stream, and the smart watch 300 and the network device 23 transmit voice data to each other, so that the mobile phone 400 can control the call of the smart watch 300 .
具体的,网络设备23接收到来电发起端(如另一个手机或手表)传递的语音数据后,将来电发起端的语音数据传输给智能手表300,智能手表300收到来电发起端的语音数据后不会直接输出来电发起端的语音数据,而是通过SCO流再传输给手机400,手机400收到语音数据后,将来电发起端的语音数据通过手机400的音频输出设备(如SPK)输出。与此同时,手机400的MIC还采集周围环境中的语音,生成来电接受端的语音数据,然后将来电接受端的语音数据通过SCO流传输给智能手表300,然后智能手表300再将来电接受端的语音数据通过网络设备23发送给来电发起端。Specifically, after receiving the voice data from the call originator (such as another mobile phone or watch), the network device 23 transmits the voice data from the call originator to the smart watch 300. After the smart watch 300 receives the voice data from the call originator, it will not The voice data of the call originator is output directly, but is transmitted to the mobile phone 400 through the SCO stream. After receiving the voice data, the mobile phone 400 outputs the voice data of the call originator through the audio output device (such as SPK) of the mobile phone 400. At the same time, the MIC of the mobile phone 400 also collects the voice in the surrounding environment, generates the voice data of the incoming call receiver, and then transmits the voice data of the incoming call receiver to the smart watch 300 through the SCO stream, and then the smart watch 300 transmits the voice data of the incoming call receiver. It is sent to the call originator through the network device 23 .
在本申请实施例中,手机400控制智能手表300接通与来电发起端的电话之后,手机400可以将显示屏切换至灭屏状态,或者显示锁屏界面,或者显示通话中界面,或者显示其他应用程序的界面(如桌面)等,这里不做限制。In the embodiment of the present application, after the mobile phone 400 controls the smart watch 300 to connect with the call originator, the mobile phone 400 can switch the display screen to the off-screen state, or display the lock screen interface, or display the in-call interface, or display other applications The interface of the program (such as the desktop), etc., is not limited here.
例如,参见图8B,为手机400显示通话中界面的示意图,通话中界面包括通话时长、来电信息(来电号码、归属地、手表来电等)、用于控制通话状态的功能图标(静音、挂断、免提等)。For example, referring to FIG. 8B , which is a schematic diagram of a mobile phone 400 displaying an in-call interface, the in-call interface includes call duration, caller information (caller number, attribution, incoming call from the watch, etc.), function icons for controlling the call status (mute, hang up, etc.) , hands-free, etc.).
在通话过程中,手机400还可以检测用户操作控制切换显示屏的显示状态。During the call, the mobile phone 400 can also detect the user's operation to control the display state of the switch screen.
示例性的,智能手表300接通与来电发起端的电话之后,手机400默认显示通话中界面,在通话过程中,手机400检测基于距离传感器480F或接近光传感器480G等检测到手机400附近有物体靠近逐渐被遮挡时,确定用户的姿态是手持手机400靠近耳朵接听,这种情况下,手机400可以将显示屏切换至灭屏或锁屏状态,避免用户误操作。Exemplarily, after the smart watch 300 connects with the call originator, the mobile phone 400 displays the in-call interface by default. During the call, the mobile phone 400 detects that an object is approaching near the mobile phone 400 based on the distance sensor 480F or the proximity light sensor 480G. When gradually being blocked, it is determined that the user's posture is to hold the mobile phone 400 close to the ear to answer the call. In this case, the mobile phone 400 can switch the display screen to the off-screen or lock-screen state to avoid user misoperation.
在本申请实施例中,手机400控制智能手表300接通与来电发起端的电话之后,智能手表300可以将显示屏切换至灭屏状态,或者显示锁屏界面,或者显示通话中界面,或者显示其他应用程序的界面(如桌面)等,这里不做限制。In the embodiment of the present application, after the mobile phone 400 controls the smart watch 300 to connect with the call originator, the smart watch 300 can switch the display screen to the off-screen state, or display the lock screen interface, or display the in-call interface, or display other The interface of the application (such as the desktop), etc., is not limited here.
例如,参见图8B,在通话过程中,智能手表300为灭屏状态。因为用户在使用手机400接听电话时,可能不会关注智能手表300,此时将智能手表300灭屏,可避免用户的通话隐私泄露。For example, referring to FIG. 8B , during a call, the smart watch 300 is in an off-screen state. Because the user may not pay attention to the smart watch 300 when using the mobile phone 400 to answer a call, turning off the screen of the smart watch 300 at this time can avoid leakage of the user's call privacy.
例如,参见图8C,在通话过程中,智能手表300显示桌面,这样可以方便用户在使用手机400接听智能手表300的电话的同时,使用智能手表300的其它功能,可提高用户体验。For example, referring to FIG. 8C , during a call, the smart watch 300 displays the desktop, which facilitates the user to use other functions of the smart watch 300 while using the mobile phone 400 to answer the call of the smart watch 300 , thereby improving the user experience.
可选的,手机400在输出来电发起端的语音数据时,可以通过SPK输出,也可以通过听筒或耳机输出,本申请实施例不做限制。例如,在通话接通之后,手机400默认通过听筒输出来电发起端的语音数据,以保护用户的隐私,当手机400在通话中界面(如图8B)上接收到用户点击“免提”的操作后,手机再将语音数据通过SPK输出。Optionally, when the mobile phone 400 outputs the voice data of the originating end of the call, it may be output through SPK, or may be output through earpiece or earphone, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, after the call is connected, the mobile phone 400 outputs the voice data of the call originator through the handset by default to protect the privacy of the user. , and the mobile phone outputs the voice data through SPK.
上述S506A-S510A介绍了智能手表300的来电提醒转移至手机400后,手机400控制智能手表300接通来电并进行通话的方法。在实际应用中,不排除智能手表300的来电提醒转移至手机400后仍使用智能手表300接听来电的情况。The above S506A-S510A describe the method in which the mobile phone 400 controls the smart watch 300 to connect the incoming call and make a call after the call reminder of the smart watch 300 is transferred to the mobile phone 400 . In practical applications, it is not excluded that the smart watch 300 is used to answer the incoming call after the call reminder of the smart watch 300 is transferred to the mobile phone 400 .
在这种情况下,智能手表300与手机400可以不建立SCO流(即不相互传输语音数据),且智能手表300在接通来电后,手机400停止来电提醒。In this case, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 may not establish a SCO stream (ie, do not transmit voice data to each other), and after the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call, the mobile phone 400 stops the call reminder.
如图8D所示,智能手表300从网络侧收到来电后,智能手表300和手机400均执行针对该来电的来电提醒。当智能手表300接收到接听操作后,接通来电,智能手表300显示通话中界面,智能手表300播放来电发起端的语音数据以及采集语音数据传输给来电发起端。智能手表300接通来电之后,还可以发送用于指示停止来电提醒的指令给手机400,手机400收到该指令后,停止来电提醒,显示界面可以从来电界面切换为锁屏或灭屏界面,或者恢复来电提醒前的显示界面。可选的,手机400还可以显示本次来电已经通过智能手表接通的提示信息,如图8D所示,手机400显示“已通过手表接听186……5212的来电”。As shown in FIG. 8D , after the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call from the network side, both the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 perform an incoming call reminder for the incoming call. When the smart watch 300 receives the answering operation and connects to the incoming call, the smart watch 300 displays the in-call interface, and the smart watch 300 plays the voice data of the call originator and collects the voice data and transmits it to the call originator. After the smart watch 300 is connected to an incoming call, it can also send an instruction to instruct the mobile phone 400 to stop the incoming call alert. After the mobile phone 400 receives the instruction, it stops the incoming call alert, and the display interface can be switched from the incoming call interface to the lock screen or off-screen interface. Or restore the display interface before the call reminder. Optionally, the mobile phone 400 may also display a prompt message that the incoming call has been connected through the smart watch. As shown in FIG. 8D , the mobile phone 400 displays “An incoming call of 186...5212 has been answered through the watch”.
根据上述S501~S505以及S506A~S510A可以看出:According to the above S501~S505 and S506A~S510A, it can be seen that:
当HF设备(如智能手表300)收到来电后,HF设备可以基于SPP或BLE GATT协议将来电通知给AG设备(如手机400),触发AG设备针对HF设备的来电执行来电提醒,进而实现将HF设备的来电转移给AG设备的效果。更进一步的,AG设备还可以基于HFP 协议与HF设备建立SCO流(其中SCO流的建立由AG设备发起),进而实现使用AG设备接听HF设备的电话的效果。When the HF device (such as the smart watch 300) receives an incoming call, the HF device can notify the AG device (such as the mobile phone 400) of the incoming call based on the SPP or BLE GATT protocol, triggering the AG device to perform an incoming call reminder for the incoming call from the HF device, thereby realizing the The effect of transferring incoming calls from HF equipment to AG equipment. Further, the AG device can also establish a SCO stream with the HF device based on the HFP protocol (wherein the establishment of the SCO stream is initiated by the AG device), thereby achieving the effect of using the AG device to answer the call of the HF device.
当AG设备(如手机400)收到来电后,AG设备可以基于HFP协议将来电通知给智能HF设备(如手表300),触发HF设备针对AG设备的来电执行来电提醒,进而实现将AG设备的来电转移给HF设备的效果。更进一步的,AG设备还可以基于HFP协议与HF设备建立SCO流(其中SCO流的建立由AG设备发起),进而实现使用HF设备接听AG设备的电话的效果。When the AG device (such as the mobile phone 400) receives an incoming call, the AG device can notify the smart HF device (such as the watch 300) of the incoming call based on the HFP protocol, triggering the HF device to perform an incoming call reminder for the AG device's incoming call, thereby realizing the AG device. The effect of call transfer to HF device. Further, the AG device can also establish a SCO stream with the HF device based on the HFP protocol (where the establishment of the SCO stream is initiated by the AG device), thereby achieving the effect of using the HF device to answer the call of the AG device.
二、挂断电话2. Hang up the phone
挂断电话包括来电接受端主动挂断和来电发起端主动挂断两种情形:There are two situations in which the call receiver hangs up and the call originator hangs up:
第1种、来电接受端主动挂断电话。参见图9,则在上述步骤S510A之后,还包括:The first type, the incoming call receiver actively hangs up the call. Referring to FIG. 9, after the above step S510A, it further includes:
S511A、手机400接收挂断操作。S511A, the mobile phone 400 receives the hang-up operation.
示例性的,参见图10A,如上文所述,手机400的通话中界面上可以显示挂断图标,当手机400的触摸传感器或压力传感器将检测到针对挂断图标的触摸操作后,生成触摸事件上报给手机400的处理器,处理器响应于该触摸事件生成挂断指令。Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 10A , as described above, a hang-up icon may be displayed on the in-call interface of the mobile phone 400, and a touch event is generated when the touch sensor or pressure sensor of the mobile phone 400 detects a touch operation for the hang-up icon. It is reported to the processor of the mobile phone 400, and the processor generates a hang-up instruction in response to the touch event.
应理解,本申请对挂断电话的操作不做具体限制,图10A所示的挂断操作仅为示例而非限定,具体实施时还可以有其它方式。例如,挂断操作还可以是手机400被摇晃、手机400的电源键被摁触,手机400接收语音指令等。It should be understood that the present application does not specifically limit the operation of hanging up the phone, and the hanging up operation shown in FIG. 10A is only an example and not a limitation, and there may be other ways for specific implementation. For example, the hang-up operation may also be that the mobile phone 400 is shaken, the power button of the mobile phone 400 is pressed, and the mobile phone 400 receives a voice command.
应理解,图10A中手表300的显示界面是以通话中界面为例,实际还可以是其它显示界面,如锁屏、桌面等,或者是灭屏状态,这里不做限制。It should be understood that the display interface of the watch 300 in FIG. 10A is an example of an interface during a call, and may actually be other display interfaces, such as a lock screen, a desktop, etc., or an off-screen state, which is not limited here.
可选的,挂断指令的具体格式是SPP报文或HFP报文,这里不做限制。Optionally, the specific format of the hang-up command is an SPP message or an HFP message, which is not limited here.
S512A、手机400向智能手表300发送挂断指令。S512A, the mobile phone 400 sends a hang-up instruction to the smart watch 300.
示例性的,手机400的蓝牙模块可以通过SPP链路或HFP链路等将挂断指令发送给智能手表300。Exemplarily, the Bluetooth module of the mobile phone 400 may send the hang-up instruction to the smart watch 300 through the SPP link or the HFP link.
S513A、智能手表300挂断与来电发起端的通话。The S513A and the smart watch 300 hang up the call with the call originator.
S514A、手机400和智能手表300断开SCO数据通路。The S514A, the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 disconnect the SCO data path.
具体的,手机400(AG设备)关闭上述相应设置的同步连接,断开之前建立的SCO流。Specifically, the mobile phone 400 (AG device) closes the synchronization connection correspondingly set above, and disconnects the previously established SCO stream.
在本申请实施例中,手机400在挂断通话之后,手机400可以切换显示界面,例如从通话中界面切换至通话结束界面(通话结束界面中包含此次通话的相关信息,如通话时长,来电号码等),或者切换至锁屏界面,或者恢复至来电前的界面,或手机400灭屏等,这里不做限制。In this embodiment of the present application, after the mobile phone 400 hangs up the call, the mobile phone 400 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end-of-call interface contains relevant information about the call, such as the duration of the call, the incoming call number, etc.), or switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
对于智能手表300,如果通话过程中智能手表300显示的是通话中界面,则在手机400在挂断通话之后,智能手表300可以切换显示界面,例如从通话中界面切换至通话结束界面(通话结束界面中包含此次通话的相关信息,如通话时长,来电号码等),或者切换至锁屏界面,或者恢复至来电前的界面,或手机400灭屏等,这里不做限制。如果通话过程中智能手表300显示的是其它界面(如锁屏或桌面等),则通话结束后智能手表300可以切换显示状态或不切换显示状态,这里不做限制。For the smart watch 300, if the smart watch 300 displays the in-call interface during the call, after the mobile phone 400 hangs up the call, the smart watch 300 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end of the call). The interface contains the relevant information of the call, such as call duration, caller ID, etc.), or switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here. If the smart watch 300 displays another interface (such as the lock screen or the desktop) during the call, the smart watch 300 can switch the display state or not switch the display state after the call, which is not limited here.
例如,假设手机400和智能手表300来电前的界面如图2所示,则如图10A所示,使用手机400挂断来电之后,手机400和智能手表300均恢复至来电前的界面。For example, assuming that the interface of the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 before the call is as shown in FIG. 2 , as shown in FIG. 10A , after the mobile phone 400 is used to hang up the call, both the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 return to the interface before the call.
上述S511A-S514A介绍了通话接通后,由手机400控制智能手表300结束通话的方法。 在实际应用中,不排除仍使用智能手表300控制通话结束的情况。The above S511A-S514A describe the method of controlling the smart watch 300 by the mobile phone 400 to end the call after the call is connected. In practical applications, it is not excluded that the smart watch 300 is still used to control the end of the call.
如图10B所示,通话过程中智能手表300和手机400分别显示通话中界面,智能手表300的显示通话中界面中包含挂断图标。智能手表300接收针对挂断图标的操作后,挂断与来电发起端的通话,并与和手机400断开SCO数据通路。As shown in FIG. 10B , during the call, the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 respectively display the in-call interface, and the in-call interface of the smart watch 300 includes a hang up icon. After receiving the operation for the hang-up icon, the smart watch 300 hangs up the call with the call originator, and disconnects the SCO data path from the mobile phone 400 .
当智能手表300挂断通话之后,智能手表300可以切换显示界面,例如从通话中界面切换至通话结束界面(通话结束界面中包含此次通话的相关信息,如通话时长,来电号码等),或者切换至锁屏界面,或者恢复至来电前的界面,或手机400灭屏等,这里不做限制。After the smart watch 300 hangs up the call, the smart watch 300 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end-of-call interface contains relevant information about the call, such as the duration of the call, the number of the incoming call, etc.), or Switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
当智能手表300挂断通话之后,手机400可以切换显示界面,例如从通话中界面切换至通话结束界面(通话结束界面中包含此次通话的相关信息,如通话时长,来电号码等),或者切换至锁屏界面,或者恢复至来电前的界面,或手机400灭屏等,这里不做限制。After the smart watch 300 hangs up the call, the mobile phone 400 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the call-end interface (the call-end interface contains the relevant information of the call, such as the call duration, caller number, etc.), or switch Go to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
例如,假设手机400和智能手表300来电前的界面如图2所示,则如图10B所示,使用智能手表300挂断来电之后,手机400和智能手表300均恢复至来电前的界面。For example, assuming that the interface of the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 before the call is as shown in FIG. 2 , as shown in FIG. 10B , after the smart watch 300 is used to hang up the call, both the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 return to the interface before the call.
第2种、来电发起端主动挂断电话。参见图11,则在上述步骤S509A之后,还包括:The second type, the call originator hangs up the call actively. Referring to FIG. 11 , after the above step S509A, it further includes:
S511B、智能手表300从网络设备23接收结束通话指示。S511B, the smart watch 300 receives the call end instruction from the network device 23.
具体的,来电发起端挂断电话后,网络设备23将断开智能手表300和来电发起端之间的通话,并向智能手表300发送通话结束指示。Specifically, after the call originator hangs up the call, the network device 23 will disconnect the call between the smart watch 300 and the call originator, and send the call end indication to the smart watch 300 .
S512B、智能手表300结束和来电发起端之间的通话。S512B, the smart watch 300 ends the call with the call originator.
S513B、手机400和智能手表300断开SCO数据通路。The S513B, the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 disconnect the SCO data path.
具体的,手机400(AG设备)关闭设置的同步连接,断开之前建立的SCO流。Specifically, the mobile phone 400 (AG device) closes the set synchronization connection, and disconnects the previously established SCO stream.
在这种情况下,通话结束之后,手机400可以切换显示界面,例如从通话中界面切换至通话结束界面(通话结束界面中包含此次通话的相关信息,如通话时长,来电号码等),或者切换至锁屏界面,或者恢复至来电前的界面,或手机400灭屏等,这里不做限制。In this case, after the call ends, the mobile phone 400 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end-of-call interface contains relevant information about the call, such as the duration of the call, the number of the incoming call, etc.), or Switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here.
对于智能手表300,如果通话过程中智能手表300显示的是通话中界面,则在手机400在挂断通话之后,智能手表300可以切换显示界面,例如从通话中界面切换至通话结束界面(通话结束界面中包含此次通话的相关信息,如通话时长,来电号码等),或者切换至锁屏界面,或者恢复至来电前的界面,或手机400灭屏等,这里不做限制。如果通话过程中智能手表300显示的是其它界面(如锁屏或桌面等),则通话结束后智能手表300可以切换显示状态或不切换显示状态,这里不做限制。For the smart watch 300, if the smart watch 300 displays the in-call interface during the call, after the mobile phone 400 hangs up the call, the smart watch 300 can switch the display interface, for example, from the in-call interface to the end-of-call interface (the end of the call). The interface contains the relevant information of the call, such as call duration, caller ID, etc.), or switch to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the call, or the mobile phone 400 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here. If the smart watch 300 displays another interface (such as the lock screen or the desktop) during the call, the smart watch 300 can switch the display state or not switch the display state after the call, which is not limited here.
应理解,手机400和智能手表的SCO流断开后,本次通话结束。但是手机400和智能手表的蓝牙仍然保持连接,如果后续智能手表再次接收到来电,则再次执行图5所示的方法。It should be understood that after the SCO flow of the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch is disconnected, the call ends. However, the Bluetooth connection between the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch is still maintained. If the smart watch receives an incoming call again subsequently, the method shown in FIG. 5 is executed again.
三、拒接来电3. Reject the call
参见图12,在上述步骤S505之后,还包括:Referring to FIG. 12, after the above step S505, it further includes:
S506B、手机400接收拒接操作。S506B, the mobile phone 400 receives the rejection operation.
示例性的,如上文所述,第二来电界面包括拒接图标,参见图13,当用户触控该拒接图标(即执行拒接操作)时,手机400的触摸传感器或压力传感器将检测到该操作后并生成触摸事件上报给手机400的处理器,处理器根据该操作确定该触摸事件为拒接来电,于是响应于该接听操作,生成拒接指令。Exemplarily, as described above, the second incoming call interface includes a reject icon. Referring to FIG. 13 , when the user touches the reject icon (ie, performs a reject operation), the touch sensor or pressure sensor of the mobile phone 400 will detect After the operation, a touch event is generated and reported to the processor of the mobile phone 400. The processor determines that the touch event is an incoming call rejection according to the operation, and then generates a rejection instruction in response to the answering operation.
应理解,本申请对用户接听电话的操作不做具体限制,图13所示的拒接方式仅为示 例而非限定,具体实施时还可以有其它方式。例如,用户还可以通过摇晃手机300、摁触手机300的电源键等方式来实现拒接操作。It should be understood that this application does not specifically limit the operation of the user to answer the phone, and the rejection method shown in Figure 13 is only an example and not a limitation, and other methods may also be used in specific implementation. For example, the user can also perform the operation of rejecting the call by shaking the mobile phone 300, pressing the power button of the mobile phone 300, or the like.
可选的,拒接指令的具体格式是SPP报文或HFP报文,这里不做限制。Optionally, the specific format of the rejection command is an SPP message or an HFP message, which is not limited here.
S507B、手机400通过蓝牙将拒接指令发送给智能手表300。S507B, the mobile phone 400 sends a rejection instruction to the smart watch 300 through Bluetooth.
示例性的,手机400的蓝牙模块可以通过SPP链路或HFP链路等将拒接指令发送给智能手表300。Exemplarily, the Bluetooth module of the mobile phone 400 may send the rejection instruction to the smart watch 300 through the SPP link or the HFP link.
S508B、智能手表300响应于该拒接指令,拒接来电。S508B, the smart watch 300 rejects the incoming call in response to the rejection instruction.
在来电结束之后,手机400可以切换显示界面,例如从来电界面切换至锁屏界面,或者恢复至来电前的界面,或手机400灭屏等,这里不做限制。After the incoming call ends, the mobile phone 400 can switch the display interface, for example, switch from the incoming call interface to the lock screen interface, or restore to the interface before the incoming call, or the mobile phone 400 turns off the screen, etc., which is not limited here.
对于智能手表300,如果在来电过程中和手机400同时保持来电提醒,如同时显示来电界面,则在来电结束之后,智能手表300可以切换显示界面,例如从来电界面切换至锁屏界面,或者恢复至来电前的界面,或智能手表30灭屏等,这里不做限制。如果在来电过程中一旦手机400执行来电提醒后智能手表300就已经停止了来电提醒,如从来电界面切换至了其它界面,则在来电结束之后,智能手表300可以切换显示状态或不切换显示状态,这里不做限制。For the smart watch 300, if the phone 400 keeps the call reminder during the incoming call, for example, the incoming call interface is displayed at the same time, after the incoming call ends, the smart watch 300 can switch the display interface, for example, switch from the incoming call interface to the lock screen interface, or restore To the interface before the incoming call, or the smart watch 30 screen off, etc., there are no restrictions here. If the smart watch 300 has stopped the incoming call alert once the mobile phone 400 performs the incoming call alert during the incoming call, such as switching from the incoming call interface to another interface, after the incoming call ends, the smart watch 300 can switch the display state or not switch the display state , there is no restriction here.
可选的,在手表300的来电结束之后,手机400和智能手表300均可以生成并保存该次来电的通话记录。Optionally, after the incoming call of the watch 300 ends, both the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 can generate and save the call record of the incoming call.
示例性的,仍然以上文中的山东青岛“186……5212”来电为例,参见图14A所示,手机400和智能手表300的通话记录中均保存有山东青岛“186……5212”来电的通话记录,包括来电号码(186……5212)、来电时间(18:33)、归属地(山东青岛)等信息。Illustratively, still taking the call from “186...5212” in Shandong Qingdao as an example, as shown in FIG. 14A , the call records of the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 both save the call from “186...5212” from Qingdao, Shandong. Records, including caller number (186...5212), call time (18:33), attribution (Qingdao, Shandong) and other information.
进一步可选的,本申请实施例中手机400还可以接听自身SIM/eSIM卡的来电,所以为了区分每条通话记录是属于手机的来电还是属于手表的来电,每条通话记录中还可以包含用于指示通话是“手机来电”或“手表来电”的标识信息,如图14B所示。Further optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the mobile phone 400 can also answer incoming calls from its own SIM/eSIM card, so in order to distinguish whether each call record belongs to a mobile phone call or a watch The identification information indicating that the call is a "phone call" or "watch call", as shown in FIG. 14B .
进一步可选的,本申请实施例中手机400的来电可以是手机400接听也可以是智能手表300接听,智能手表300的来电可以是手机400接听也可以是智能手表300接听,所以为了区分每个来电是通过手机400接听还是通过智能手表300接听,每条通话记录中还包含用于指示来电是“手机接听”或“手表接听”的标识信息,如图14C所示。Further optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the incoming call of the mobile phone 400 may be answered by the mobile phone 400 or by the smart watch 300, and the incoming call of the smart watch 300 may be answered by the mobile phone 400 or by the smart watch 300, so in order to distinguish each Whether the incoming call is answered through the mobile phone 400 or through the smart watch 300, each call record also includes identification information for indicating whether the incoming call is "answered by mobile phone" or "answered by watch", as shown in FIG. 14C .
以上介绍的是智能手表300收到来电时,通过私有的数据通信链路将来电信息通知给手机400,使得手机400可以控制手表的来电。What is described above is that when the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call, it notifies the mobile phone 400 of the incoming call information through a private data communication link, so that the mobile phone 400 can control the incoming call of the watch.
在本申请另一实施例中,当智能手表300收到来电时,还通过更改智能手表300和手机400的HFP角色的方式,实现手机400控制智能手表300的来电。比如,当智能手表300收到来电时,手机400和智能手表300重新协商角色,使手机400的角色HF,而智能手表300的角色为AG,这样智能手表300和手机400就可以基于HFP协议,实现手机400控制智能手表300的电话。手机400和智能手表300重新协商角色之后,手机400(HF)控制智能手表300(AG)的电话的方法。In another embodiment of the present application, when the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call, the mobile phone 400 can control the incoming call of the smart watch 300 by changing the HFP roles of the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 . For example, when the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call, the mobile phone 400 and the smart watch 300 renegotiate the roles, so that the role of the mobile phone 400 is HF, and the role of the smart watch 300 is AG, so that the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 can be based on the HFP protocol. Realize the phone that the mobile phone 400 controls the smart watch 300 . After the phone 400 and the smart watch 300 renegotiate roles, the phone 400 (HF) controls the phone of the smart watch 300 (AG).
应理解,本申请实施例上述的各个实施方式可以相互结合以实现不同的技术效果。It should be understood that the above-mentioned implementations of the embodiments of the present application may be combined with each other to achieve different technical effects.
通过上述可知,本申请实施例基于智能手表300和手机400之间的蓝牙连接,可以实现在智能手表300来电时,把智能手表300的来电、接听等功能转移到手机400上,以使用手机400的MIC采集声音以及使用手机的SPK播放声音,达到在同样硬件成本下,提升用户体验的效果。As can be seen from the above, based on the Bluetooth connection between the smart watch 300 and the mobile phone 400 in the embodiment of the present application, when the smart watch 300 receives an incoming call, the functions of the smart watch 300 such as incoming calls and answers can be transferred to the mobile phone 400 to use the mobile phone 400 The MIC collects sound and uses the mobile phone's SPK to play the sound, so as to achieve the effect of improving the user experience at the same hardware cost.
如图15所示,为本申请实施例提供的另一种通话方法的流程图,该方法可以应用于通话系统,所述通话系统包括第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备,所述第一蓝牙设备和所述第二蓝牙设备支持HFP协议,当所述第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述第一蓝牙设备为AG设备,所述第二蓝牙设备为HF;当所述第一蓝牙设备携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述第二蓝牙设备携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块时,所述方法包括:As shown in FIG. 15 , it is a flowchart of another method for calling according to an embodiment of the present application. The method can be applied to a calling system. The calling system includes a first Bluetooth device and a second Bluetooth device. The first Bluetooth The device and the second Bluetooth device support the HFP protocol. When the first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device establish a Bluetooth connection, the first Bluetooth device is an AG device, and the second Bluetooth device is HF; when all When the first Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, and the second Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number, the method includes:
S1501、第二蓝牙设备接收针对所述第二号码的第一来电;响应于所述第一来电,生成第一来电通知消息;S1501. A second Bluetooth device receives a first incoming call to the second number; in response to the first incoming call, a first incoming call notification message is generated;
S1502、第二蓝牙设备基于第一协议将所述第一来电通知消息发送给所述第一蓝牙设备;所述第一蓝牙设备接收所述第一来电通知消息;S1502. The second Bluetooth device sends the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device based on a first protocol; the first Bluetooth device receives the first incoming call notification message;
S1503、所述第一蓝牙设备响应于所述第一来电通知消息,执行针对所述第一来电的第一来电提醒;S1503. In response to the first incoming call notification message, the first Bluetooth device executes a first incoming call reminder for the first incoming call;
S1504、所述第一蓝牙设备响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。S1504. In response to the first operation, the first Bluetooth device sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
其中,第一蓝牙设备可以是图2中的手机400,第二蓝牙设备可以是图2中的智能手表300。第一蓝牙设备执行上述各方法步骤的具体实现方式可以参考上文相关实施例中手机400执行相应方法步骤的具体实现方式,第二蓝牙设备执行上述各方法步骤的具体实现方式可以参考上文相关实施例中智能手表300执行相应方法步骤的具体实现方式,这里不再赘述。The first Bluetooth device may be the mobile phone 400 in FIG. 2 , and the second Bluetooth device may be the smart watch 300 in FIG. 2 . For the specific implementation manner of the first Bluetooth device performing the above method steps, reference may be made to the specific implementation manner of the mobile phone 400 performing the corresponding method steps in the above related embodiments, and the specific implementation manner of the second Bluetooth device performing the above method steps may refer to the above related methods. The specific implementation manner of the smart watch 300 executing the corresponding method steps in the embodiment will not be repeated here.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通话装置1600,所述装置1600支持HFP协议,当所述装置1600和第二蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述装置1600为AG设备,所述第二蓝牙设备为免提组件HF设备;所述装置1600可以携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述第二蓝牙设备可以携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1600, the device 1600 supports the HFP protocol, when the device 1600 establishes a Bluetooth connection with a second Bluetooth device, the device 1600 is an AG device, and the device 1600 is an AG device. The second Bluetooth device is a hands-free component HF device; the apparatus 1600 may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, and the second Bluetooth device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number.
所述装置1600可以是蓝牙设备,或者是蓝牙设备内部的芯片,所述装置1600包括用于执行图5、图7、图9、图11或图12所示实施例中智能手机400所执行的方法的模块。The apparatus 1600 may be a Bluetooth device, or a chip inside the Bluetooth device, and the apparatus 1600 includes a device for executing the functions executed by the smartphone 400 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 . method module.
示例性的,参见图16,所述装置1600可以包括:Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 16 , the apparatus 1600 may include:
收发单元1601,用于接收来自所述第二蓝牙设备的第一来电通知消息;A transceiver unit 1601, configured to receive a first incoming call notification message from the second Bluetooth device;
处理单元1602,用于响应于所述第一来电通知消息,执行针对第一来电的第一来电提醒,其中第一来电是针对所述第二号码的来电;a processing unit 1602, configured to, in response to the first incoming call notification message, execute a first incoming call reminder for a first incoming call, where the first incoming call is an incoming call to the second number;
所述收发单元1601,还用于响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。The transceiver unit 1601 is further configured to, in response to the first operation, send a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receive a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一协议为SPP或低功耗蓝牙BLE GATT。In a possible design, the first protocol is SPP or Bluetooth Low Energy BLE GATT.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电提醒包括显示第一来电界面、振动、响铃或提示灯亮中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call reminder includes one or more of displaying the first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting a prompt light.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电界面中包含来电信息和功能图标;其中,所述来电信息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项;其中,所述功能图标包括结束图标、接听图标、短信图标或提醒图标中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first caller interface includes caller information and function icons; wherein the caller information includes one or more of caller number, caller name, number location information or operator information; Wherein, the function icons include one or more of an end icon, an answer icon, a short message icon or a reminder icon.
在一种可能的设计中,所述来电信息还包括提示信息,所述提示信息用于指示所述第 一来电是所述第二蓝牙设备的来电。In a possible design, the incoming call information further includes prompt information, and the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元1601在响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息时,具体用于:基于所述HFP协议,与所述第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流;基于所述SCO流发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。In a possible design, when the transceiver unit 1601 sends a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol in response to the first operation, It is specifically used for: establishing a SCO stream with the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol; sending a voice message to the second Bluetooth device and/or receiving a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO stream.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元1602还用于:响应于所述第一操作,将所述装置1600的显示界面从来电界面切换为通话中界面。In a possible design, the processing unit 1602 is further configured to: in response to the first operation, switch the display interface of the device 1600 from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元1601还用于,在与所述第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流之后,响应于第二操作,断开所述SCO流。In a possible design, the transceiver unit 1601 is further configured to, after establishing the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device, disconnect the SCO flow in response to the second operation.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元1601,还用于收针对所述第一号码的第二来电;In a possible design, the transceiver unit 1601 is further configured to receive a second incoming call to the first number;
所述处理单元1602,还用于所述响应于所述第二来电,生成第二来电通知消息;The processing unit 1602 is further configured to, in response to the second incoming call, generate a second incoming call notification message;
所述收发单元1601,还用于基于所述HFP协议将所述第二来电通知消息发送给所述第二蓝牙设备。The transceiver unit 1601 is further configured to send the second incoming call notification message to the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一号码不同于所述第二号码。In one possible design, the first number is different from the second number.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通话装置1700,所述装置1700支持HFP协议,当所述装置1700和第一蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述装置1700为HF设备;所述第一蓝牙设备可以携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述装置1700可以携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1700, the device 1700 supports the HFP protocol, and when the device 1700 establishes a Bluetooth connection with a first Bluetooth device, the device 1700 is an HF device; the The first Bluetooth device may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, and the apparatus 1700 may carry a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number.
所述装置1700可以是蓝牙设备,或者是蓝牙设备内部的芯片,所述装置1700包括用于执行图5、图7、图9、图11或图12所示实施例中智能手表300所执行的方法的模块。The apparatus 1700 may be a Bluetooth device or a chip inside the Bluetooth device, and the apparatus 1700 includes a device for executing the smart watch 300 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 . method module.
示例性的,参见图17,所述装置1700可以包括:Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 17 , the apparatus 1700 may include:
收发单元1701,用于接收针对所述第二号码的第一来电;A transceiver unit 1701, configured to receive a first incoming call to the second number;
处理单元1702,用于响应于所述第一来电,生成第一来电通知消息;a processing unit 1702, configured to generate a first incoming call notification message in response to the first incoming call;
所述收发单元1701,还用于基于第一协议将所述第一来电通知消息发送给所述第一蓝牙设备;基于所述HFP协议,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备。The transceiver unit 1701 is further configured to send the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device based on the first protocol; receive and/or send a voice message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol a voice message to the first Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一协议为传统蓝牙技术的串口协议SPP或BLE GATT。In a possible design, the first protocol is the serial port protocol SPP or BLE GATT of the traditional Bluetooth technology.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。In a possible design, the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元1701在基于所述HFP协议,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备时,具体用于:基于所述HFP协议,与所述第一蓝牙设备建立SCO流;基于所述SCO流,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备。In a possible design, when receiving a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sending a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, the transceiver unit 1701 is specifically configured to: based on the HFP protocol The HFP protocol establishes a SCO flow with the first Bluetooth device; and based on the SCO flow, receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元1701,还用于基于所述HFP协议接收来自所述第一蓝牙设备的第二来电通知消息;In a possible design, the transceiver unit 1701 is further configured to receive a second incoming call notification message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol;
所述处理单元1702,还用于响应于所述第二来电通知消息,执行针对第二来电的第二来电提醒,其中所述第二来电为针对所述第一号码的来电。The processing unit 1702 is further configured to, in response to the second incoming call notification message, execute a second incoming call reminder for a second incoming call, where the second incoming call is an incoming call to the first number.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一号码不同于所述第二号码。In one possible design, the first number is different from the second number.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得图5、图7、图9、图11或图12所示实施例中 手机400所执行的方法被执行。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is run on a computer, it makes FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. The method performed by the mobile phone 400 in the embodiment shown in 12 is performed.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得图5、图7、图9、图11或图12所示实施例中智能手表300所执行的方法被执行。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is run on a computer, it makes FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. The method performed by the smart watch 300 in the embodiment shown in 12 is performed.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,使得图5、图7、图9、图11或图12所示实施例中手机400所执行的方法被执行。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory and used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so that FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , or FIG. 11 or The method performed by the mobile phone 400 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 is performed.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,使得图5、图7、图9、图11或图12所示实施例中智能手表300所执行的方法被执行。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory and used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so that FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , or FIG. 11 or The method performed by the smart watch 300 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 is performed.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得图5、图7、图9、图11或图12所示实施例中手机400所执行的方法被执行。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, make the mobile phone 400 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 . The executed method is executed.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得图5、图7、图9、图11或图12所示实施例中智能手表300所执行的方法被执行。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, make the smart watch in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 . The method performed by 300 is performed.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of flows and/or blocks in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions may be provided to the processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce Means for implementing the functions specified in a flow or flow of a flowchart and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to function in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory result in an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions The apparatus implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process such that The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the flow or blocks of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种通话系统,其特征在于,所述通话系统包括第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备,所述第一蓝牙设备和所述第二蓝牙设备支持蓝牙免提电话服务(hands-free profile,HFP)协议,当所述第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述第一蓝牙设备为音频网关(audio gateway,AG)设备,所述第二蓝牙设备为免提组件(hand free,HF)设备;当所述第一蓝牙设备携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述第二蓝牙设备携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块时;A communication system, characterized in that the communication system includes a first Bluetooth device and a second Bluetooth device, and the first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device support a Bluetooth hands-free profile (HFP) ) protocol, when the first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device establish a Bluetooth connection, the first Bluetooth device is an audio gateway (AG) device, and the second Bluetooth device is a hands-free assembly (hand free assembly). , HF) device; when the first bluetooth device carries a SIM card or eSIM module with a first number, and the second bluetooth device carries a SIM card or eSIM module with a second number;
    所述第二蓝牙设备用于:接收针对所述第二号码的第一来电;响应于所述第一来电,生成第一来电通知消息;基于第一协议将所述第一来电通知消息发送给所述第一蓝牙设备;The second Bluetooth device is configured to: receive a first incoming call to the second number; in response to the first incoming call, generate a first incoming call notification message; send the first incoming call notification message to a the first Bluetooth device;
    所述第一蓝牙设备用于:接收所述第一来电通知消息,并响应于所述第一来电通知消息,执行针对所述第一来电的第一来电提醒;响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。The first Bluetooth device is configured to: receive the first incoming call notification message, and in response to the first incoming call notification message, execute a first incoming call reminder for the first incoming call; in response to the first operation, based on the The HFP protocol sends voice messages to and/or receives voice messages from the second Bluetooth device.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第一协议为传统蓝牙技术的串口协议(serial port profile,SPP)或低功耗蓝牙(bluetooth low energy,BLE)通用属性配置协议(Generic Attribute Profile,GATT)。The system according to claim 1, wherein the first protocol is a serial port profile (SPP) of traditional Bluetooth technology or a bluetooth low energy (BLE) general attribute configuration protocol (Generic). Attribute Profile, GATT).
  3. 如权利要求1所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。The system of claim 1, wherein the first incoming call notification message includes one or more of an incoming call number, an incoming call name, number attribution information or operator information.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第一来电提醒包括显示第一来电界面、振动、响铃或提示灯亮中的一项或多项。The system of claim 1, wherein the first incoming call reminder comprises one or more of displaying a first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting a prompt light.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第一来电界面中包含来电信息和功能图标;The system of claim 4, wherein the first incoming call interface includes incoming call information and function icons;
    其中,所述来电信息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项;Wherein, the caller information includes one or more of caller number, caller name, number location information or operator information;
    其中,所述功能图标包括结束图标、接听图标、短信图标或提醒图标中的一项或多项。Wherein, the function icons include one or more of an end icon, an answer icon, a short message icon or a reminder icon.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的系统,其特征在于,所述来电信息还包括提示信息,所述提示信息用于指示所述第一来电是所述第二蓝牙设备的来电。The system of claim 5, wherein the incoming call information further comprises prompt information, wherein the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
  7. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第一蓝牙设备在基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息时,具体用于:The system according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the first Bluetooth device sends a voice message to and/or from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol When receiving voice messages, specifically for:
    基于所述HFP协议,与所述第二蓝牙设备建立标准同步定向连接(synchronous connection oriented,SCO)流,基于所述SCO流发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。Based on the HFP protocol, a standard synchronous connection oriented (SCO) flow is established with the second Bluetooth device, and a voice message is sent to and/or from the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO flow Bluetooth devices receive voice messages.
  8. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,The system of any one of claims 1-6, wherein,
    所述第一蓝牙设备还用于:响应于所述第一操作,将所述第一蓝牙设备的显示界面从来电界面切换为通话中界面。The first Bluetooth device is further configured to: in response to the first operation, switch the display interface of the first Bluetooth device from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
  9. 如权利要求7所述的系统,其特征在于,The system of claim 7, wherein:
    所述第一蓝牙设备还用于:在基于所述HFP协议,与所述第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流之后,响应于第二操作,断开所述SCO流。The first Bluetooth device is further configured to: after establishing the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol, in response to a second operation, disconnect the SCO flow.
  10. 如权利要求1-9任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,The system according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein,
    所述第一蓝牙设备还用于:接收针对所述第一号码的第二来电;响应于所述第二来电,生成第二来电通知消息;基于所述HFP协议将所述第二来电通知消息发送给所述第二蓝牙设备;The first Bluetooth device is further configured to: receive a second incoming call to the first number; in response to the second incoming call, generate a second incoming call notification message; and send the second incoming call notification message based on the HFP protocol sent to the second Bluetooth device;
    所述第二蓝牙设备还用于:基于所述HFP协议接收所述第二来电通知消息;响应于所述第二来电通知消息,执行针对所述第二来电的第二来电提醒。The second Bluetooth device is further configured to: receive the second incoming call notification message based on the HFP protocol; and perform a second incoming call reminder for the second incoming call in response to the second incoming call notification message.
  11. 如权利要求1-9任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第一号码不同于所述第二号码。The system of any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first number is different from the second number.
  12. 一种通话方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于第一蓝牙设备,所述第一蓝牙设备支持HFP协议,当所述第一蓝牙设备和第二蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述第一蓝牙设备为AG设备,所述第二蓝牙设备为免提组件HF设备;当所述第一蓝牙设备携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述第二蓝牙设备携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块时,所述方法包括:A calling method, characterized in that the method is applied to a first Bluetooth device, the first Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol, and when the first Bluetooth device and the second Bluetooth device establish a Bluetooth connection, the first Bluetooth device The Bluetooth device is an AG device, and the second Bluetooth device is a hands-free component HF device; when the first Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or eSIM module with a first number, the second Bluetooth device carries a second Bluetooth device. When the SIM card or eSIM module of the number is used, the method includes:
    所述第一蓝牙设备接收来自所述第二蓝牙设备的第一来电通知消息;the first Bluetooth device receives a first incoming call notification message from the second Bluetooth device;
    所述第一蓝牙设备并响应于所述第一来电通知消息,执行针对第一来电的第一来电提醒,其中第一来电是针对所述第二号码的来电;the first Bluetooth device, in response to the first incoming call notification message, executes a first incoming call reminder for a first incoming call, wherein the first incoming call is an incoming call to the second number;
    所述第一蓝牙设备响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。The first Bluetooth device transmits a voice message to and/or receives a voice message from the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol in response to the first operation.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一协议为SPP或低功耗蓝牙BLEGATT。The method of claim 12, wherein the first protocol is SPP or Bluetooth Low Energy BLEGATT.
  14. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。The method of claim 12, wherein the first incoming call notification message comprises one or more of an incoming call number, an incoming call name, number attribution information or operator information.
  15. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一来电提醒包括显示第一来电界面、振动、响铃或提示灯亮中的一项或多项。The method of claim 12, wherein the first incoming call reminder comprises one or more of displaying a first incoming call interface, vibrating, ringing, or lighting a prompt light.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一来电界面中包含来电信息和功能图标;The method of claim 15, wherein the first incoming call interface includes incoming call information and function icons;
    其中,所述来电信息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项;Wherein, the caller information includes one or more of caller number, caller name, number location information or operator information;
    其中,所述功能图标包括结束图标、接听图标、短信图标或提醒图标中的一项或多项。Wherein, the function icons include one or more of an end icon, an answer icon, a short message icon or a reminder icon.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述来电信息还包括提示信息,所述提示信息用于指示所述第一来电是所述第二蓝牙设备的来电。The method of claim 16, wherein the incoming call information further comprises prompt information, wherein the prompt information is used to indicate that the first incoming call is an incoming call from the second Bluetooth device.
  18. 如权利要求12-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一蓝牙设备响应于第一操作,基于所述HFP协议发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-17, wherein, in response to the first operation, the first Bluetooth device sends a voice message based on the HFP protocol to the second Bluetooth device and/or from all Bluetooth devices. The second Bluetooth device receives a voice message, which specifically includes:
    所述第一蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议,与所述第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流;The first Bluetooth device establishes a SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol;
    所述第一蓝牙设备基于所述SCO流发送语音消息给所述第二蓝牙设备和/或从所述第二蓝牙设备接收语音消息。The first Bluetooth device sends voice messages to and/or receives voice messages from the second Bluetooth device based on the SCO stream.
  19. 如权利要求12-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一蓝牙设备响应于所述第一操作,将所述第一蓝牙设备的显示界面从来电界面切换为通话中界面。In response to the first operation, the first Bluetooth device switches the display interface of the first Bluetooth device from an incoming call interface to an in-call interface.
  20. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一蓝牙设备在与所述第二蓝牙设备建立SCO流之后,响应于第二操作,断开所述SCO流。After establishing the SCO flow with the second Bluetooth device, the first Bluetooth device disconnects the SCO flow in response to the second operation.
  21. 如权利要求12-20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一蓝牙设备收针对所述第一号码的第二来电;the first Bluetooth device receives a second incoming call to the first number;
    所述第一蓝牙设备响应于所述第二来电,生成第二来电通知消息;The first Bluetooth device generates a second incoming call notification message in response to the second incoming call;
    所述第一蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议将所述第二来电通知消息发送给所述第二蓝牙设备。The first Bluetooth device sends the second incoming call notification message to the second Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
  22. 如权利要求12-20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一号码不同于所述第二号码。The method of any one of claims 12-20, wherein the first number is different from the second number.
  23. 一种通话方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于第二蓝牙设备,所述第二蓝牙设备支持HFP协议,当所述第二蓝牙设备和第一蓝牙设备建立蓝牙连接时,所述第二蓝牙设备为HF设备;当所述第一蓝牙设备携带有具有第一号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块,所述第二蓝牙设备携带有具有第二号码的SIM卡或者eSIM模块时,所述方法包括:A calling method, characterized in that the method is applied to a second Bluetooth device, the second Bluetooth device supports the HFP protocol, and when the second Bluetooth device and the first Bluetooth device establish a Bluetooth connection, the second Bluetooth device The Bluetooth device is an HF device; when the first Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or an eSIM module with a first number, and the second Bluetooth device carries a SIM card or an eSIM module with a second number, the method includes :
    所述第二蓝牙设备接收针对所述第二号码的第一来电;receiving, by the second Bluetooth device, a first incoming call to the second number;
    所述第二蓝牙设备响应于所述第一来电,生成第一来电通知消息;The second Bluetooth device generates a first incoming call notification message in response to the first incoming call;
    所述第二蓝牙设备基于第一协议将所述第一来电通知消息发送给所述第一蓝牙设备;The second Bluetooth device sends the first incoming call notification message to the first Bluetooth device based on a first protocol;
    所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备。The second Bluetooth device receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一协议为传统蓝牙技术的串口协议SPP或BLE GATT。The method of claim 23, wherein the first protocol is a serial port protocol SPP or BLE GATT of traditional Bluetooth technology.
  25. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一来电通知消息包括来电号码、来电姓名、号码归属地信息或运营商信息中的一项或多项。The method of claim 23, wherein the first incoming call notification message comprises one or more of an incoming call number, a caller name, number attribution information or operator information.
  26. 如权利要求23-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 23-25, wherein the second Bluetooth device receives a voice message from the first Bluetooth device and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol A Bluetooth device, specifically including:
    所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议,与所述第一蓝牙设备建立SCO流;The second Bluetooth device establishes a SCO flow with the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol;
    所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述SCO流,从所述第一蓝牙设备接收语音消息和/或发送语音消息给所述第一蓝牙设备。The second Bluetooth device receives a voice message from and/or sends a voice message to the first Bluetooth device based on the SCO flow.
  27. 如权利要求23-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any one of claims 23-26, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二蓝牙设备基于所述HFP协议接收来自所述第一蓝牙设备的第二来电通知消息;receiving, by the second Bluetooth device, a second incoming call notification message from the first Bluetooth device based on the HFP protocol;
    所述第二蓝牙设备响应于所述第二来电通知消息,执行针对第二来电的第二来电提醒,其中所述第二来电为针对所述第一号码的来电。The second Bluetooth device, in response to the second incoming call notification message, executes a second incoming call reminder for a second incoming call, where the second incoming call is an incoming call to the first number.
  28. 如权利要求23-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一号码不同于所述第二号码。The method of any of claims 23-26, wherein the first number is different from the second number.
  29. 一种蓝牙设备,其特征在于,包括:A Bluetooth device, comprising:
    至少一个处理器;以及与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器、通信接口;at least one processor; and a memory, a communication interface communicatively coupled to the at least one processor;
    其中,所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述至少一个处理器通过执行所述存储器存储的指令,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求12-22中任一项所述 的方法。Wherein, the memory stores instructions executable by the at least one processor, and the at least one processor causes the electronic device to perform any one of claims 12-22 by executing the instructions stored in the memory the method described.
  30. 一种蓝牙设备,其特征在于,包括:A Bluetooth device, comprising:
    至少一个处理器;以及与所述至少一个处理器通信连接的存储器、通信接口;at least one processor; and a memory, a communication interface communicatively coupled to the at least one processor;
    其中,所述存储器存储有可被所述至少一个处理器执行的指令,所述至少一个处理器通过执行所述存储器存储的指令,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求23-28中任一项所述的方法。Wherein, the memory stores instructions executable by the at least one processor, and the at least one processor causes the electronic device to perform any one of claims 23-28 by executing the instructions stored in the memory the method described.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得如权利要求12-22中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising programs or instructions, which, when executed on a computer, cause the method according to any one of claims 12 to 22 to be performed.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得如权利要求23-28中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising programs or instructions, which, when executed on a computer, cause the method according to any one of claims 23 to 28 to be performed.
PCT/CN2021/105006 2020-07-10 2021-07-07 Call method, apparatus, and system WO2022007848A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010664923.2A CN113923612A (en) 2020-07-10 2020-07-10 Call method, device and system
CN202010664923.2 2020-07-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022007848A1 true WO2022007848A1 (en) 2022-01-13

Family

ID=79232388

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/105006 WO2022007848A1 (en) 2020-07-10 2021-07-07 Call method, apparatus, and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113923612A (en)
WO (1) WO2022007848A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116744244A (en) * 2023-08-15 2023-09-12 荣耀终端有限公司 Communication method, storage medium and electronic equipment
WO2023236646A1 (en) * 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 荣耀终端有限公司 Incoming call display method and electronic devices

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7310705B2 (en) * 2020-05-18 2023-07-19 トヨタ自動車株式会社 AGENT CONTROL DEVICE, AGENT CONTROL METHOD, AND AGENT CONTROL PROGRAM
CN114844735B (en) * 2022-03-28 2023-10-27 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display equipment and voice forwarding method
CN114844736B (en) * 2022-03-28 2023-10-27 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Equipment and call control method

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1945994A (en) * 2006-10-20 2007-04-11 北京工业大学 Method and its device for automatic transfering phone call of blue tooth cell phone to fixed telephone for receiving call
CN202197329U (en) * 2010-12-27 2012-04-18 上海华勤通讯技术有限公司 Line telephone capable of transmitting corresponding mobile phones according to linkmen
US20140370864A1 (en) * 2013-06-13 2014-12-18 Htc Corporation Method and electronic device for wireless communication
CN106954176A (en) * 2017-03-17 2017-07-14 上海传英信息技术有限公司 The GSM and response, method of calling relayed based on bluetooth

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104301456B (en) * 2014-09-11 2018-08-10 广州三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method, wearable device and the terminal of forward call
CN106102041A (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-11-09 杭州联络互动信息科技股份有限公司 Double-card dual-standby system and the method for telephone communication for double-card dual-standby system
CN107135463A (en) * 2017-04-01 2017-09-05 杭州联络互动信息科技股份有限公司 A kind of Bluetooth connecting method and device
CN110087223B (en) * 2019-04-30 2022-11-15 努比亚技术有限公司 Communication connection method, communication device, and storage medium

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1945994A (en) * 2006-10-20 2007-04-11 北京工业大学 Method and its device for automatic transfering phone call of blue tooth cell phone to fixed telephone for receiving call
CN202197329U (en) * 2010-12-27 2012-04-18 上海华勤通讯技术有限公司 Line telephone capable of transmitting corresponding mobile phones according to linkmen
US20140370864A1 (en) * 2013-06-13 2014-12-18 Htc Corporation Method and electronic device for wireless communication
CN106954176A (en) * 2017-03-17 2017-07-14 上海传英信息技术有限公司 The GSM and response, method of calling relayed based on bluetooth

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023236646A1 (en) * 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 荣耀终端有限公司 Incoming call display method and electronic devices
CN116744244A (en) * 2023-08-15 2023-09-12 荣耀终端有限公司 Communication method, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN116744244B (en) * 2023-08-15 2023-10-31 荣耀终端有限公司 Communication method, storage medium and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113923612A (en) 2022-01-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11653398B2 (en) Bluetooth connection method and device
WO2022007848A1 (en) Call method, apparatus, and system
JP7293398B2 (en) Bluetooth connection methods, devices and systems
US11805350B2 (en) Point-to-multipoint data transmission method and device
US11778363B2 (en) Audio data transmission method applied to switching between single-earbud mode and double-earbud mode of TWS headset and device
US20220039041A1 (en) Point-to-Multipoint Data Transmission Method and Electronic Device
US20220330359A1 (en) Bluetooth connection method and related apparatus
WO2021043219A1 (en) Bluetooth reconnection method and related apparatus
WO2022062739A1 (en) Communication method and system for bluetooth pairing of multiple devices
US20230299806A1 (en) Bluetooth Communication Method, Wearable Device, and System
US20240040481A1 (en) Tws headset connection method and device
WO2020124371A1 (en) Method and device for establishing data channels
WO2021233398A1 (en) Wireless audio system, wireless communication method, and device
WO2022228046A1 (en) Call method, and electronic device
CN114697438B (en) Method, device, equipment and storage medium for carrying out call by utilizing intelligent equipment
WO2023061217A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
EP4203409A1 (en) Method and devices for configuring device
CN115733921A (en) TWS earphone decoupling sharing method, device, equipment and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21838532

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21838532

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1